Sema.h revision 70517ca5c07c4b41ff8662b94ee22047b0299f8c
1//===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and 11// builds ASTs. 12// 13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 14 15#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 16#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 17 18#include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h" 19#include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h" 20#include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h" 21#include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h" 22#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 23#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h" 24#include "clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h" 25#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h" 26#include "clang/Sema/Weak.h" 27#include "clang/AST/Expr.h" 28#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" 29#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" 30#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" 31#include "clang/AST/LambdaMangleContext.h" 32#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 33#include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h" 34#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" 35#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" 36#include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h" 37#include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h" 38#include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h" 39#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" 40#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" 41#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h" 42#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h" 43#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" 44#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h" 45#include <deque> 46#include <string> 47 48namespace llvm { 49 class APSInt; 50 template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo; 51 template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet; 52 class SmallBitVector; 53} 54 55namespace clang { 56 class ADLResult; 57 class ASTConsumer; 58 class ASTContext; 59 class ASTMutationListener; 60 class ASTReader; 61 class ASTWriter; 62 class ArrayType; 63 class AttributeList; 64 class BlockDecl; 65 class CXXBasePath; 66 class CXXBasePaths; 67 class CXXBindTemporaryExpr; 68 typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath; 69 class CXXConstructorDecl; 70 class CXXConversionDecl; 71 class CXXDestructorDecl; 72 class CXXFieldCollector; 73 class CXXMemberCallExpr; 74 class CXXMethodDecl; 75 class CXXScopeSpec; 76 class CXXTemporary; 77 class CXXTryStmt; 78 class CallExpr; 79 class ClassTemplateDecl; 80 class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl; 81 class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl; 82 class CodeCompleteConsumer; 83 class CodeCompletionAllocator; 84 class CodeCompletionTUInfo; 85 class CodeCompletionResult; 86 class Decl; 87 class DeclAccessPair; 88 class DeclContext; 89 class DeclRefExpr; 90 class DeclaratorDecl; 91 class DeducedTemplateArgument; 92 class DependentDiagnostic; 93 class DesignatedInitExpr; 94 class Designation; 95 class EnumConstantDecl; 96 class Expr; 97 class ExtVectorType; 98 class ExternalSemaSource; 99 class FormatAttr; 100 class FriendDecl; 101 class FunctionDecl; 102 class FunctionProtoType; 103 class FunctionTemplateDecl; 104 class ImplicitConversionSequence; 105 class InitListExpr; 106 class InitializationKind; 107 class InitializationSequence; 108 class InitializedEntity; 109 class IntegerLiteral; 110 class LabelStmt; 111 class LambdaExpr; 112 class LangOptions; 113 class LocalInstantiationScope; 114 class LookupResult; 115 class MacroInfo; 116 class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList; 117 class NamedDecl; 118 class NonNullAttr; 119 class ObjCCategoryDecl; 120 class ObjCCategoryImplDecl; 121 class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl; 122 class ObjCContainerDecl; 123 class ObjCImplDecl; 124 class ObjCImplementationDecl; 125 class ObjCInterfaceDecl; 126 class ObjCIvarDecl; 127 template <class T> class ObjCList; 128 class ObjCMessageExpr; 129 class ObjCMethodDecl; 130 class ObjCPropertyDecl; 131 class ObjCProtocolDecl; 132 class OverloadCandidateSet; 133 class OverloadExpr; 134 class ParenListExpr; 135 class ParmVarDecl; 136 class Preprocessor; 137 class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage; 138 class PseudoObjectExpr; 139 class QualType; 140 class StandardConversionSequence; 141 class Stmt; 142 class StringLiteral; 143 class SwitchStmt; 144 class TargetAttributesSema; 145 class TemplateArgument; 146 class TemplateArgumentList; 147 class TemplateArgumentLoc; 148 class TemplateDecl; 149 class TemplateParameterList; 150 class TemplatePartialOrderingContext; 151 class TemplateTemplateParmDecl; 152 class Token; 153 class TypeAliasDecl; 154 class TypedefDecl; 155 class TypedefNameDecl; 156 class TypeLoc; 157 class UnqualifiedId; 158 class UnresolvedLookupExpr; 159 class UnresolvedMemberExpr; 160 class UnresolvedSetImpl; 161 class UnresolvedSetIterator; 162 class UsingDecl; 163 class UsingShadowDecl; 164 class ValueDecl; 165 class VarDecl; 166 class VisibilityAttr; 167 class VisibleDeclConsumer; 168 class IndirectFieldDecl; 169 170namespace sema { 171 class AccessedEntity; 172 class BlockScopeInfo; 173 class CapturingScopeInfo; 174 class CompoundScopeInfo; 175 class DelayedDiagnostic; 176 class DelayedDiagnosticPool; 177 class FunctionScopeInfo; 178 class LambdaScopeInfo; 179 class PossiblyUnreachableDiag; 180 class TemplateDeductionInfo; 181} 182 183// FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to 184// TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion. 185typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>, 186 SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack; 187 188/// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C. 189class Sema { 190 Sema(const Sema&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 191 void operator=(const Sema&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 192 mutable const TargetAttributesSema* TheTargetAttributesSema; 193public: 194 typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy; 195 typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy; 196 typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy; 197 198 OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures; 199 FPOptions FPFeatures; 200 201 const LangOptions &LangOpts; 202 Preprocessor &PP; 203 ASTContext &Context; 204 ASTConsumer &Consumer; 205 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags; 206 SourceManager &SourceMgr; 207 208 /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics. 209 bool CollectStats; 210 211 /// \brief Source of additional semantic information. 212 ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource; 213 214 /// \brief Code-completion consumer. 215 CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter; 216 217 /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing. 218 DeclContext *CurContext; 219 220 /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts, 221 /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext. 222 DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext; 223 224 /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag. 225 /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results. 226 DeclarationName VAListTagName; 227 228 /// PackContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma pack. An alignment 229 /// of 0 indicates default alignment. 230 void *PackContext; // Really a "PragmaPackStack*" 231 232 bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on 233 234 /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility. 235 void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*" 236 237 /// ExprNeedsCleanups - True if the current evaluation context 238 /// requires cleanups to be run at its conclusion. 239 bool ExprNeedsCleanups; 240 241 /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring 242 /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression. The 243 /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object. 244 SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects; 245 246 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 8> MaybeODRUseExprs; 247 248 /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested 249 /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active. 250 /// 251 /// This array is never empty. Clients should ignore the first 252 /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo 253 /// that's used to parse every top-level function. 254 SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes; 255 256 typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 257 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2> 258 ExtVectorDeclsType; 259 260 /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows 261 /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names. 262 /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics. 263 ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls; 264 265 /// \brief The set of types for which we have already complained about the 266 /// definitions being hidden. 267 /// 268 /// This set is used to suppress redundant diagnostics. 269 llvm::SmallPtrSet<NamedDecl *, 4> HiddenDefinitions; 270 271 /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes. 272 OwningPtr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector; 273 274 typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl*, 16> NamedDeclSetType; 275 276 /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used. 277 NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields; 278 279 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy; 280 281 /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have 282 /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the 283 /// same list more than once. 284 OwningPtr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet; 285 286 /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which 287 /// we are currently parsing the initializer. 288 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars; 289 290 /// \brief A mapping from external names to the most recent 291 /// locally-scoped external declaration with that name. 292 /// 293 /// This map contains external declarations introduced in local 294 /// scoped, e.g., 295 /// 296 /// \code 297 /// void f() { 298 /// void foo(int, int); 299 /// } 300 /// \endcode 301 /// 302 /// Here, the name "foo" will be associated with the declaration on 303 /// "foo" within f. This name is not visible outside of 304 /// "f". However, we still find it in two cases: 305 /// 306 /// - If we are declaring another external with the name "foo", we 307 /// can find "foo" as a previous declaration, so that the types 308 /// of this external declaration can be checked for 309 /// compatibility. 310 /// 311 /// - If we would implicitly declare "foo" (e.g., due to a call to 312 /// "foo" in C when no prototype or definition is visible), then 313 /// we find this declaration of "foo" and complain that it is 314 /// not visible. 315 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *> LocallyScopedExternalDecls; 316 317 /// \brief Look for a locally scoped external declaration by the given name. 318 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator 319 findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(DeclarationName Name); 320 321 typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 322 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2> 323 TentativeDefinitionsType; 324 325 /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU. 326 TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions; 327 328 typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 329 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2> 330 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType; 331 332 /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used 333 /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration. 334 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls; 335 336 typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 337 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2> 338 DelegatingCtorDeclsType; 339 340 /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for 341 /// cycle detection at the end of the TU. 342 DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls; 343 344 /// \brief All the destructors seen during a class definition that had their 345 /// exception spec computation delayed because it depended on an unparsed 346 /// exception spec. 347 SmallVector<CXXDestructorDecl*, 2> DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecs; 348 349 /// \brief All the overriding destructors seen during a class definition 350 /// (there could be multiple due to nested classes) that had their exception 351 /// spec checks delayed, plus the overridden destructor. 352 SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXDestructorDecl*, 353 const CXXDestructorDecl*>, 2> 354 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks; 355 356 /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed. 357 typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, const FunctionDecl *FD); 358 LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser; 359 void *OpaqueParser; 360 361 void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, void *P) { 362 LateTemplateParser = LTP; 363 OpaqueParser = P; 364 } 365 366 class DelayedDiagnostics; 367 368 class DelayedDiagnosticsState { 369 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool; 370 friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics; 371 }; 372 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState; 373 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState; 374 375 /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics 376 /// during parsing and other processing. 377 class DelayedDiagnostics { 378 /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed 379 /// diagnostics should go. 380 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool; 381 382 public: 383 DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(0) {} 384 385 /// Adds a delayed diagnostic. 386 void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h 387 388 /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed. 389 bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != 0; } 390 391 /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool. 392 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const { 393 return CurPool; 394 } 395 396 /// Enter a new scope. Access and deprecation diagnostics will be 397 /// collected in this pool. 398 DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 399 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 400 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 401 CurPool = &pool; 402 return state; 403 } 404 405 /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed. 406 /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics. This is performed as part 407 /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly". 408 void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 409 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 410 } 411 412 /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are 413 /// not delayed. 414 DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() { 415 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 416 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 417 CurPool = 0; 418 return state; 419 } 420 421 /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed(). 422 void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 423 assert(CurPool == NULL); 424 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 425 } 426 } DelayedDiagnostics; 427 428 /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context. 429 class ContextRAII { 430 private: 431 Sema &S; 432 DeclContext *SavedContext; 433 ProcessingContextState SavedContextState; 434 QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 435 436 public: 437 ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush) 438 : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext), 439 SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()), 440 SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride) 441 { 442 assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context"); 443 S.CurContext = ContextToPush; 444 } 445 446 void pop() { 447 if (!SavedContext) return; 448 S.CurContext = SavedContext; 449 S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState); 450 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 451 SavedContext = 0; 452 } 453 454 ~ContextRAII() { 455 pop(); 456 } 457 }; 458 459 /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 460 /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another 461 /// identifier, declared or undeclared 462 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers; 463 464 /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 465 /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared. Used in Solaris system headers 466 /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version 467 /// in the currently selected standard. 468 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers; 469 470 471 /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source. 472 void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers(); 473 474 /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by 475 /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls. 476 /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so 477 /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack. 478 /// It would be best to refactor this. 479 SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl; 480 481 IdentifierResolver IdResolver; 482 483 /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need 484 /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace. 485 /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc. 486 Scope *TUScope; 487 488 /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides. 489 LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace; 490 491 /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++ 492 /// standard library. 493 LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc; 494 495 /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in 496 /// \<initializer_list>. 497 ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList; 498 499 /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>. 500 RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl; 501 502 /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files. 503 RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl; 504 505 /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs. 506 llvm::OwningPtr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj; 507 508 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class. 509 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl; 510 511 /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *). 512 QualType NSNumberPointer; 513 514 /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals. 515 ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods]; 516 517 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class. 518 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl; 519 520 /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *). 521 QualType NSStringPointer; 522 523 /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method. 524 ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod; 525 526 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class. 527 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl; 528 529 /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method. 530 ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod; 531 532 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class. 533 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl; 534 535 /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method. 536 ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod; 537 538 /// \brief id<NSCopying> type. 539 QualType QIDNSCopying; 540 541 /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete 542 /// have been declared. 543 bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared; 544 545 /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are 546 /// evaluated at run-time, if at all. 547 enum ExpressionEvaluationContext { 548 /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an 549 /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of 550 /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but 551 /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at 552 /// run time. 553 Unevaluated, 554 555 /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms, 556 /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of 557 /// cases in a switch statment). 558 ConstantEvaluated, 559 560 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time, 561 /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the 562 /// expression at run time. 563 PotentiallyEvaluated, 564 565 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any 566 /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if 567 /// in fact the current expression is used. 568 /// 569 /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which 570 /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments 571 /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced" 572 /// until the default argument is used. 573 PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed 574 }; 575 576 /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested 577 /// expression evaluation contexts. 578 struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord { 579 /// \brief The expression evaluation context. 580 ExpressionEvaluationContext Context; 581 582 /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup. 583 bool ParentNeedsCleanups; 584 585 /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression. 586 bool IsDecltype; 587 588 /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered 589 /// this expression evaluation context. 590 unsigned NumCleanupObjects; 591 592 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 8> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs; 593 594 /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it 595 /// is indeed an unevaluated context. 596 llvm::SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas; 597 598 /// \brief The declaration that provides context for the lambda expression 599 /// if the normal declaration context does not suffice, e.g., in a 600 /// default function argument. 601 Decl *LambdaContextDecl; 602 603 /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions 604 /// within this context. 605 /// 606 /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts 607 /// do not have lambda expressions. 608 LambdaMangleContext *LambdaMangle; 609 610 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions 611 /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type. 612 llvm::SmallVector<CallExpr*, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls; 613 614 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding 615 /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor. 616 llvm::SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr*, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds; 617 618 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context, 619 unsigned NumCleanupObjects, 620 bool ParentNeedsCleanups, 621 Decl *LambdaContextDecl, 622 bool IsDecltype) 623 : Context(Context), ParentNeedsCleanups(ParentNeedsCleanups), 624 IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects), 625 LambdaContextDecl(LambdaContextDecl), LambdaMangle() { } 626 627 ~ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord() { 628 delete LambdaMangle; 629 } 630 631 /// \brief Retrieve the mangling context for lambdas. 632 LambdaMangleContext &getLambdaMangleContext() { 633 assert(LambdaContextDecl && "Need to have a lambda context declaration"); 634 if (!LambdaMangle) 635 LambdaMangle = new LambdaMangleContext; 636 return *LambdaMangle; 637 } 638 }; 639 640 /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts. 641 SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts; 642 643 /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member 644 /// function. 645 /// 646 /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the 647 /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded. 648 class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode { 649 public: 650 enum Kind { 651 NoMemberOrDeleted, 652 Ambiguous, 653 Success 654 }; 655 656 private: 657 llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair; 658 659 public: 660 SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) 661 : FastFoldingSetNode(ID) 662 {} 663 664 CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); } 665 void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); } 666 667 Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); } 668 void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); } 669 }; 670 671 /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results 672 /// for C++ records. 673 llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache; 674 675 /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing. 676 /// 677 /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform 678 /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating 679 /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has 680 /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of 681 /// checks. 682 TranslationUnitKind TUKind; 683 684 llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc; 685 686 /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped. 687 unsigned NumSFINAEErrors; 688 689 typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 1> > 690 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap; 691 692 /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the 693 /// set of instantiations of each parameter. 694 /// 695 /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing 696 /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates, 697 /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the 698 /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed. 699 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations; 700 701 // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default 702 // argument locations. 703 llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *,SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs; 704 705 /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects with 706 /// internal linkage in this translation unit. 707 llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl*, SourceLocation> UndefinedInternals; 708 709 typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods; 710 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool; 711 712 /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id". 713 /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures 714 /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1% 715 /// of selectors are "overloaded"). 716 GlobalMethodPool MethodPool; 717 718 /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation 719 /// of -Wselector. 720 llvm::DenseMap<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors; 721 722 void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel); 723 724 /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'. 725 bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr); 726 727 /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be 728 /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and 729 /// should not be used elsewhere. 730 void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID); 731 732public: 733 Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer, 734 TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete, 735 CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = 0); 736 ~Sema(); 737 738 /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been 739 /// initialized but before it parses anything. 740 void Initialize(); 741 742 const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; } 743 OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; } 744 FPOptions &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; } 745 746 DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; } 747 SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; } 748 const TargetAttributesSema &getTargetAttributesSema() const; 749 Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; } 750 ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; } 751 ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; } 752 ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const; 753 754 void PrintStats() const; 755 756 /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional 757 /// template instantiation stacks. 758 /// 759 /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder 760 /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is 761 /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder 762 /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template 763 /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as 764 /// well. 765 class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder { 766 Sema &SemaRef; 767 unsigned DiagID; 768 769 public: 770 SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID) 771 : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { } 772 773 ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() { 774 // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do. 775 if (!isActive()) return; 776 777 // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying 778 // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it 779 // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor. 780 // 781 // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will 782 // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be 783 // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder 784 // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to 785 // eliminate that code. 786 FlushCounts(); 787 Clear(); 788 789 // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic. 790 SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID); 791 } 792 }; 793 794 /// \brief Emit a diagnostic. 795 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) { 796 DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID); 797 return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID); 798 } 799 800 /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic. 801 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD); 802 803 /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic. 804 PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h 805 806 bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name); 807 808 /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type. 809 std::string getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T) const; 810 std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T) const; 811 812 ExprResult Owned(Expr* E) { return E; } 813 ExprResult Owned(ExprResult R) { return R; } 814 StmtResult Owned(Stmt* S) { return S; } 815 816 void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit(); 817 818 void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles(); 819 820 Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx); 821 822 void PushFunctionScope(); 823 void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block); 824 void PushLambdaScope(CXXRecordDecl *Lambda, CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator); 825 void PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP =0, 826 const Decl *D = 0, const BlockExpr *blkExpr = 0); 827 828 sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const { 829 return FunctionScopes.back(); 830 } 831 832 void PushCompoundScope(); 833 void PopCompoundScope(); 834 835 sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const; 836 837 bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const; 838 839 /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any. 840 sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock(); 841 842 /// \brief Retrieve the current lambda expression, if any. 843 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda(); 844 845 /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls 846 SmallVector<Decl*,2> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; } 847 848 void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment); 849 850 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 851 // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp. 852 // 853 854 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs); 855 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVR) { 856 return BuildQualifiedType(T, Loc, Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(CVR)); 857 } 858 QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T, 859 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 860 QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef, 861 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 862 QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 863 Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals, 864 SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity); 865 QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize, 866 SourceLocation AttrLoc); 867 QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T, 868 QualType *ParamTypes, unsigned NumParamTypes, 869 bool Variadic, bool HasTrailingReturn, 870 unsigned Quals, RefQualifierKind RefQualifier, 871 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity, 872 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info); 873 QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class, 874 SourceLocation Loc, 875 DeclarationName Entity); 876 QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T, 877 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 878 QualType BuildParenType(QualType T); 879 QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 880 881 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S); 882 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy); 883 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T, 884 TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo); 885 886 /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType. 887 ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 888 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D); 889 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name); 890 static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = 0); 891 CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E); 892 const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 893 const FunctionProtoType *FPT); 894 bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType T, const SourceRange &Range); 895 bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T); 896 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New); 897 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 898 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 899 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc); 900 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 901 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 902 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 903 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc, 904 bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = 0, 905 bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = 0, 906 bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false, 907 bool IsOperatorNew = false); 908 bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset( 909 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 910 const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 911 const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc); 912 bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 913 const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc, 914 const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc); 915 916 TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 917 918 /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype' 919 /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type. 920 ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc); 921 922 /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types. 923 struct TypeDiagnoser { 924 bool Suppressed; 925 926 TypeDiagnoser(bool Suppressed = false) : Suppressed(Suppressed) { } 927 928 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 929 virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {} 930 }; 931 932 static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; } 933 static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; } 934 static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; } 935 static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; } 936 static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; } 937 static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; } 938 static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) { 939 return II; 940 } 941 static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; } 942 static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; } 943 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; } 944 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; } 945 static SourceRange getPrintable(Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); } 946 static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();} 947 948 template<typename T1> 949 class BoundTypeDiagnoser1 : public TypeDiagnoser { 950 unsigned DiagID; 951 const T1 &Arg1; 952 953 public: 954 BoundTypeDiagnoser1(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) 955 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1) { } 956 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 957 if (Suppressed) return; 958 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << T; 959 } 960 961 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser1() { } 962 }; 963 964 template<typename T1, typename T2> 965 class BoundTypeDiagnoser2 : public TypeDiagnoser { 966 unsigned DiagID; 967 const T1 &Arg1; 968 const T2 &Arg2; 969 970 public: 971 BoundTypeDiagnoser2(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 972 const T2 &Arg2) 973 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 974 Arg2(Arg2) { } 975 976 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 977 if (Suppressed) return; 978 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << T; 979 } 980 981 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser2() { } 982 }; 983 984 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 985 class BoundTypeDiagnoser3 : public TypeDiagnoser { 986 unsigned DiagID; 987 const T1 &Arg1; 988 const T2 &Arg2; 989 const T3 &Arg3; 990 991 public: 992 BoundTypeDiagnoser3(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 993 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) 994 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 995 Arg2(Arg2), Arg3(Arg3) { } 996 997 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 998 if (Suppressed) return; 999 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) 1000 << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << getPrintable(Arg3) << T; 1001 } 1002 1003 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser3() { } 1004 }; 1005 1006 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1007 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1008 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1009 unsigned DiagID); 1010 1011 template<typename T1> 1012 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1013 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1014 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1015 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1016 } 1017 1018 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1019 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1020 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1021 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1022 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1023 } 1024 1025 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1026 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1027 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1028 const T3 &Arg3) { 1029 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1030 Arg3); 1031 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1032 } 1033 1034 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1035 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID); 1036 1037 template<typename T1> 1038 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1039 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1040 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1041 } 1042 1043 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1044 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1045 const T2 &Arg2) { 1046 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1047 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1048 } 1049 1050 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1051 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1052 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 1053 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1054 Arg3); 1055 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1056 } 1057 1058 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1059 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1060 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID); 1061 1062 template<typename T1> 1063 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1064 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1065 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1066 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1067 } 1068 1069 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1070 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1071 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1072 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1073 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1074 } 1075 1076 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1077 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1078 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1079 const T3 &Arg3) { 1080 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1081 Arg3); 1082 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1083 } 1084 1085 QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 1086 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T); 1087 1088 QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1089 QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1090 QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, 1091 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind, 1092 SourceLocation Loc); 1093 1094 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1095 // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp. 1096 // 1097 1098 /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants 1099 /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no 1100 /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches 1101 /// them into the FunctionDecl. 1102 std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope; 1103 /// Nonzero if we are currently parsing a function declarator. This is a counter 1104 /// as opposed to a boolean so we can deal with nested function declarators 1105 /// such as: 1106 /// void f(void (*g)(), ...) 1107 unsigned InFunctionDeclarator; 1108 1109 DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = 0); 1110 1111 void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors(); 1112 1113 bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const; 1114 1115 ParsedType getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1116 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0, 1117 bool isClassName = false, 1118 bool HasTrailingDot = false, 1119 ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType(), 1120 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false, 1121 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false, 1122 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = 0); 1123 TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S); 1124 bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S); 1125 bool DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 1126 SourceLocation IILoc, 1127 Scope *S, 1128 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 1129 ParsedType &SuggestedType); 1130 1131 /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed 1132 /// by \c ClassifyName(). 1133 enum NameClassificationKind { 1134 NC_Unknown, 1135 NC_Error, 1136 NC_Keyword, 1137 NC_Type, 1138 NC_Expression, 1139 NC_NestedNameSpecifier, 1140 NC_TypeTemplate, 1141 NC_FunctionTemplate 1142 }; 1143 1144 class NameClassification { 1145 NameClassificationKind Kind; 1146 ExprResult Expr; 1147 TemplateName Template; 1148 ParsedType Type; 1149 const IdentifierInfo *Keyword; 1150 1151 explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {} 1152 1153 public: 1154 NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {} 1155 1156 NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {} 1157 1158 NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword) 1159 : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { } 1160 1161 static NameClassification Error() { 1162 return NameClassification(NC_Error); 1163 } 1164 1165 static NameClassification Unknown() { 1166 return NameClassification(NC_Unknown); 1167 } 1168 1169 static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() { 1170 return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier); 1171 } 1172 1173 static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1174 NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate); 1175 Result.Template = Name; 1176 return Result; 1177 } 1178 1179 static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1180 NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate); 1181 Result.Template = Name; 1182 return Result; 1183 } 1184 1185 NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; } 1186 1187 ParsedType getType() const { 1188 assert(Kind == NC_Type); 1189 return Type; 1190 } 1191 1192 ExprResult getExpression() const { 1193 assert(Kind == NC_Expression); 1194 return Expr; 1195 } 1196 1197 TemplateName getTemplateName() const { 1198 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate); 1199 return Template; 1200 } 1201 1202 TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const { 1203 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate); 1204 return Kind == NC_TypeTemplate? TNK_Type_template : TNK_Function_template; 1205 } 1206 }; 1207 1208 /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on 1209 /// the results of name lookup and the following token. 1210 /// 1211 /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct 1212 /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt 1213 /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name. 1214 /// 1215 /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup. 1216 /// 1217 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name. 1218 /// 1219 /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name, 1220 /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly. 1221 /// 1222 /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier. 1223 /// 1224 /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help 1225 /// disambiguate the name. 1226 /// 1227 /// \param IsAddressOfOperand True if this name is the operand of a unary 1228 /// address of ('&') expression, assuming it is classified as an 1229 /// expression. 1230 /// 1231 /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired. 1232 NameClassification ClassifyName(Scope *S, 1233 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1234 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 1235 SourceLocation NameLoc, 1236 const Token &NextToken, 1237 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 1238 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0); 1239 1240 Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1241 1242 Decl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1243 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 1244 void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 1245 const LookupResult &Previous, 1246 Scope *S); 1247 bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info); 1248 bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 1249 DeclarationName Name, 1250 SourceLocation Loc); 1251 void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D); 1252 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R); 1253 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D); 1254 void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange); 1255 void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D); 1256 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1257 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1258 LookupResult &Previous); 1259 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D, 1260 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration); 1261 NamedDecl* ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1262 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1263 LookupResult &Previous, 1264 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists); 1265 // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration 1266 bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous); 1267 void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var); 1268 void ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator(); 1269 void ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator(); 1270 NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1271 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1272 LookupResult &Previous, 1273 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 1274 bool &AddToScope); 1275 bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1276 1277 bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD); 1278 bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body); 1279 1280 void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1281 // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration 1282 bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, 1283 FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous, 1284 bool IsExplicitSpecialization); 1285 void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D); 1286 Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1287 ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 1288 SourceLocation Loc, 1289 QualType T); 1290 ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 1291 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 1292 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 1293 StorageClass SC, StorageClass SCAsWritten); 1294 void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1295 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1296 Expr *defarg); 1297 void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1298 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1299 SourceLocation ArgLoc); 1300 void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param); 1301 bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg, 1302 SourceLocation EqualLoc); 1303 1304 void CheckSelfReference(Decl *OrigDecl, Expr *E); 1305 void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit, 1306 bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1307 void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1308 void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl); 1309 void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D); 1310 void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc); 1311 void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc); 1312 void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D); 1313 DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 1314 Decl **Group, 1315 unsigned NumDecls); 1316 DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 1317 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 1318 1319 /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached 1320 /// documentation comments. 1321 void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D); 1322 void ActOnDocumentableDecls(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls); 1323 1324 void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1325 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls); 1326 void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD); 1327 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1328 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1329 void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1330 bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) { 1331 return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); 1332 } 1333 1334 void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope); 1335 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body); 1336 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation); 1337 1338 /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an 1339 /// attribute for which parsing is delayed. 1340 void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs); 1341 1342 /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of 1343 /// ParmVarDecl pointers. 1344 void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1345 ParmVarDecl * const *End); 1346 1347 /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a 1348 /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a 1349 /// specified threshold. 1350 void DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1351 ParmVarDecl * const *End, 1352 QualType ReturnTy, 1353 NamedDecl *D); 1354 1355 void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body); 1356 Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 1357 SourceLocation AsmLoc, 1358 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 1359 1360 /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration. 1361 /// 1362 /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any. 1363 /// 1364 /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword. 1365 /// 1366 /// \param Path The module access path. 1367 DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc, 1368 ModuleIdPath Path); 1369 1370 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1371 PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const { 1372 return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP); 1373 } 1374 1375 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1376 static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx, 1377 const Preprocessor &PP); 1378 1379 /// Scope actions. 1380 void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S); 1381 void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S); 1382 1383 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1384 DeclSpec &DS); 1385 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1386 DeclSpec &DS, 1387 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 1388 1389 Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1390 AccessSpecifier AS, 1391 RecordDecl *Record); 1392 1393 Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1394 RecordDecl *Record); 1395 1396 bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 1397 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 1398 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 1399 const IdentifierInfo &Name); 1400 1401 enum TagUseKind { 1402 TUK_Reference, // Reference to a tag: 'struct foo *X;' 1403 TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag: 'struct foo;' 1404 TUK_Definition, // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;' 1405 TUK_Friend // Friend declaration: 'friend struct foo;' 1406 }; 1407 1408 Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 1409 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1410 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1411 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 1412 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 1413 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 1414 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 1415 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 1416 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType); 1417 1418 Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc, 1419 unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc, 1420 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1421 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1422 AttributeList *Attr, 1423 MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists); 1424 1425 TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S, 1426 unsigned TagSpec, 1427 TagUseKind TUK, 1428 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1429 IdentifierInfo *Name, 1430 SourceLocation TagLoc, 1431 SourceLocation NameLoc); 1432 1433 void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1434 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 1435 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls); 1436 Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1437 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth); 1438 1439 FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1440 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1441 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1442 AccessSpecifier AS); 1443 1444 FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 1445 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1446 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 1447 bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1448 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1449 SourceLocation TSSL, 1450 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 1451 Declarator *D = 0); 1452 1453 enum CXXSpecialMember { 1454 CXXDefaultConstructor, 1455 CXXCopyConstructor, 1456 CXXMoveConstructor, 1457 CXXCopyAssignment, 1458 CXXMoveAssignment, 1459 CXXDestructor, 1460 CXXInvalid 1461 }; 1462 bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD); 1463 void DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* Record, CXXSpecialMember mem); 1464 CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1465 void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart, 1466 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls); 1467 Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1468 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1469 tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility); 1470 1471 // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations. 1472 void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl, 1473 llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, 1474 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 1475 AttributeList *AttrList); 1476 1477 /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the 1478 /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class, 1479 /// struct, or union). 1480 void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1481 1482 Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl); 1483 1484 /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a 1485 /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its 1486 /// member declarations. 1487 void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1488 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 1489 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 1490 1491 /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing 1492 /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union). 1493 void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1494 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 1495 1496 void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 1497 1498 /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container 1499 /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs. 1500 /// 1501 /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext 1502 void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1503 void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1504 1505 /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable 1506 /// error parsing the definition of a tag. 1507 void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1508 1509 EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 1510 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 1511 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1512 IdentifierInfo *Id, 1513 Expr *val); 1514 bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI); 1515 bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 1516 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, const EnumDecl *Prev); 1517 1518 Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant, 1519 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 1520 AttributeList *Attrs, 1521 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val); 1522 void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 1523 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDecl, 1524 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 1525 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr); 1526 1527 DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC); 1528 1529 /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped. 1530 void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1531 void PopDeclContext(); 1532 1533 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1534 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1535 void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1536 void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S); 1537 1538 /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope. 1539 void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D); 1540 void ActOnExitFunctionContext(); 1541 1542 DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); 1543 1544 /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer 1545 /// to the function decl for the function being parsed. If we're currently 1546 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1547 FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl(); 1548 1549 /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to 1550 /// the method decl for the method being parsed. If we're currently 1551 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1552 ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl(); 1553 1554 /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method 1555 /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null. If we're currently 1556 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1557 NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl(); 1558 1559 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1560 void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true); 1561 1562 /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the 1563 /// top level scope. 1564 /// 1565 /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push. 1566 /// 1567 /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration. 1568 void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name); 1569 1570 /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true 1571 /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns 1572 /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context. 1573 /// 1574 /// \param ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization When true, we are checking 1575 /// whether the declaration is in scope for the purposes of explicit template 1576 /// instantiation or specialization. The default is false. 1577 bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = 0, 1578 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization = false); 1579 1580 /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it 1581 /// happens to be an enclosing scope. Otherwise return NULL. 1582 static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1583 1584 /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator(). 1585 TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 1586 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 1587 bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New); 1588 1589 /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added. 1590 AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1591 IdentifierInfo *Platform, 1592 VersionTuple Introduced, 1593 VersionTuple Deprecated, 1594 VersionTuple Obsoleted, 1595 bool IsUnavailable, 1596 StringRef Message); 1597 VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1598 VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis); 1599 DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range); 1600 DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range); 1601 FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Format, 1602 int FormatIdx, int FirstArg); 1603 SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name); 1604 bool mergeDeclAttribute(Decl *New, InheritableAttr *Attr); 1605 1606 void mergeDeclAttributes(Decl *New, Decl *Old, bool MergeDeprecation = true); 1607 void MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls); 1608 bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *Old, Scope *S); 1609 bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 1610 Scope *S); 1611 void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old); 1612 void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls); 1613 void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); 1614 void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); 1615 bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S); 1616 1617 // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions 1618 // to represent what is actually causing the operation 1619 enum AssignmentAction { 1620 AA_Assigning, 1621 AA_Passing, 1622 AA_Returning, 1623 AA_Converting, 1624 AA_Initializing, 1625 AA_Sending, 1626 AA_Casting 1627 }; 1628 1629 /// C++ Overloading. 1630 enum OverloadKind { 1631 /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are 1632 /// functions or function templates with different signatures. 1633 Ovl_Overload, 1634 1635 /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches 1636 /// an existing declaration. 1637 Ovl_Match, 1638 1639 /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a 1640 /// non-function. 1641 Ovl_NonFunction 1642 }; 1643 OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S, 1644 FunctionDecl *New, 1645 const LookupResult &OldDecls, 1646 NamedDecl *&OldDecl, 1647 bool IsForUsingDecl); 1648 bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl); 1649 1650 /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current 1651 /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored. 1652 /// 1653 /// \returns true if \arg FD is unavailable and current context is inside 1654 /// an available function, false otherwise. 1655 bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD); 1656 1657 ImplicitConversionSequence 1658 TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1659 bool SuppressUserConversions, 1660 bool AllowExplicit, 1661 bool InOverloadResolution, 1662 bool CStyle, 1663 bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion); 1664 1665 bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1666 bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1667 bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1668 bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1669 bool InOverloadResolution, 1670 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1671 bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1672 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1673 bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1674 QualType &ConvertedType); 1675 bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1676 QualType& ConvertedType); 1677 bool FunctionArgTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType, 1678 const FunctionProtoType *NewType, 1679 unsigned *ArgPos = 0); 1680 void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 1681 QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1682 1683 CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E); 1684 bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1685 CastKind &Kind, 1686 CXXCastPath& BasePath, 1687 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1688 bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1689 bool InOverloadResolution, 1690 QualType &ConvertedType); 1691 bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1692 CastKind &Kind, 1693 CXXCastPath &BasePath, 1694 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1695 bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1696 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 1697 bool IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1698 QualType &ResultTy); 1699 bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 1700 1701 1702 ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1703 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate, 1704 QualType ResultType, 1705 Expr *Value, 1706 bool AllowNRVO = true); 1707 1708 bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1709 ExprResult Init); 1710 ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1711 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1712 ExprResult Init, 1713 bool TopLevelOfInitList = false, 1714 bool AllowExplicit = false); 1715 ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From, 1716 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 1717 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 1718 CXXMethodDecl *Method); 1719 1720 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From); 1721 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From); 1722 1723 /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required. 1724 enum CCEKind { 1725 CCEK_CaseValue, ///< Expression in a case label. 1726 CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type. 1727 CCEK_TemplateArg ///< Value of a non-type template parameter. 1728 }; 1729 ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, 1730 llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE); 1731 1732 /// \brief Abstract base class used to diagnose problems that occur while 1733 /// trying to convert an expression to integral or enumeration type. 1734 class ICEConvertDiagnoser { 1735 public: 1736 bool Suppress; 1737 bool SuppressConversion; 1738 1739 ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false, 1740 bool SuppressConversion = false) 1741 : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) { } 1742 1743 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have 1744 /// integral or enumeration type. 1745 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1746 QualType T) = 0; 1747 1748 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type. 1749 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1750 QualType T) = 0; 1751 1752 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function 1753 /// is explicit. 1754 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1755 QualType T, 1756 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1757 1758 /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function. 1759 virtual DiagnosticBuilder 1760 noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1761 1762 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion 1763 /// functions. 1764 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1765 QualType T) = 0; 1766 1767 /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions. 1768 virtual DiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 1769 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1770 1771 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function 1772 /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function). 1773 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1774 QualType T, 1775 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1776 1777 virtual ~ICEConvertDiagnoser() {} 1778 }; 1779 1780 ExprResult 1781 ConvertToIntegralOrEnumerationType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, 1782 ICEConvertDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 1783 bool AllowScopedEnumerations); 1784 1785 enum ObjCSubscriptKind { 1786 OS_Array, 1787 OS_Dictionary, 1788 OS_Error 1789 }; 1790 ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE); 1791 1792 ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From, 1793 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 1794 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 1795 NamedDecl *Member); 1796 1797 // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*. 1798 // TODO: make this is a typesafe union. 1799 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet; 1800 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet; 1801 1802 void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function, 1803 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1804 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1805 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1806 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 1807 bool PartialOverloading = false, 1808 bool AllowExplicit = false); 1809 void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions, 1810 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1811 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1812 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 1813 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 1814 void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1815 QualType ObjectType, 1816 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1817 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1818 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1819 bool SuppressUserConversion = false); 1820 void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, 1821 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1822 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType, 1823 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1824 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1825 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1826 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1827 void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl, 1828 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1829 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1830 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 1831 QualType ObjectType, 1832 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1833 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1834 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1835 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1836 void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 1837 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1838 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 1839 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1840 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1841 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1842 void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 1843 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1844 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1845 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1846 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 1847 void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 1848 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1849 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1850 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1851 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet); 1852 void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 1853 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1854 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1855 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 1856 Expr *Object, llvm::ArrayRef<Expr*> Args, 1857 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 1858 void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 1859 SourceLocation OpLoc, 1860 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1861 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1862 SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange()); 1863 void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys, 1864 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1865 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1866 bool IsAssignmentOperator = false, 1867 unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0); 1868 void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 1869 SourceLocation OpLoc, 1870 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1871 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 1872 void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name, 1873 bool Operator, SourceLocation Loc, 1874 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1875 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 1876 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1877 bool PartialOverloading = false, 1878 bool StdNamespaceIsAssociated = false); 1879 1880 // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate 1881 void NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn, QualType DestType = QualType()); 1882 1883 // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates 1884 // identified by the expression Expr 1885 void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr* E, QualType DestType = QualType()); 1886 1887 // [PossiblyAFunctionType] --> [Return] 1888 // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType 1889 // R (A) --> R(A) 1890 // R (*)(A) --> R (A) 1891 // R (&)(A) --> R (A) 1892 // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A) 1893 QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType); 1894 1895 FunctionDecl * 1896 ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr, 1897 QualType TargetType, 1898 bool Complain, 1899 DeclAccessPair &Found, 1900 bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = 0); 1901 1902 FunctionDecl *ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl, 1903 bool Complain = false, 1904 DeclAccessPair* Found = 0); 1905 1906 bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization( 1907 ExprResult &SrcExpr, 1908 bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false, 1909 bool Complain = false, 1910 const SourceRange& OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(), 1911 QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(), 1912 unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0); 1913 1914 1915 Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, 1916 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1917 FunctionDecl *Fn); 1918 ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult, 1919 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1920 FunctionDecl *Fn); 1921 1922 void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 1923 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1924 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, 1925 bool PartialOverloading = false); 1926 1927 // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a 1928 // range-based for loop. 1929 enum ForRangeStatus { 1930 FRS_Success, 1931 FRS_NoViableFunction, 1932 FRS_DiagnosticIssued 1933 }; 1934 1935 // An enum to represent whether something is dealing with a call to begin() 1936 // or a call to end() in a range-based for loop. 1937 enum BeginEndFunction { 1938 BEF_begin, 1939 BEF_end 1940 }; 1941 1942 ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 1943 SourceLocation RangeLoc, 1944 VarDecl *Decl, 1945 BeginEndFunction BEF, 1946 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 1947 LookupResult &MemberLookup, 1948 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, 1949 Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr); 1950 1951 ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, 1952 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 1953 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 1954 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1955 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 1956 Expr *ExecConfig, 1957 bool AllowTypoCorrection=true); 1958 1959 bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 1960 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1961 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 1962 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, 1963 ExprResult *Result); 1964 1965 ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 1966 unsigned Opc, 1967 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 1968 Expr *input); 1969 1970 ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 1971 unsigned Opc, 1972 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 1973 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 1974 1975 ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc, 1976 SourceLocation RLoc, 1977 Expr *Base,Expr *Idx); 1978 1979 ExprResult 1980 BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr, 1981 SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr **Args, 1982 unsigned NumArgs, SourceLocation RParenLoc); 1983 ExprResult 1984 BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 1985 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1986 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 1987 1988 ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 1989 SourceLocation OpLoc); 1990 1991 /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is 1992 /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location 1993 /// that best represents the call. 1994 bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc, 1995 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD); 1996 1997 /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions. 1998 bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl **Param, ParmVarDecl **ParamEnd, 1999 bool CheckParameterNames); 2000 void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD); 2001 void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D); 2002 Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S); 2003 2004 /// \name Name lookup 2005 /// 2006 /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic 2007 /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers, 2008 /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or 2009 /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry 2010 /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup, 2011 /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup. 2012 /// 2013 /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria, 2014 /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how 2015 /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both 2016 /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore 2017 /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name 2018 /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name 2019 /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration. 2020 /// 2021 /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name 2022 /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation 2023 /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing 2024 /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup 2025 /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or 2026 /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name 2027 /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides 2028 /// the ability to distinguish among them. 2029 //@{ 2030 2031 /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform. 2032 enum LookupNameKind { 2033 /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions, 2034 /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names 2035 /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++. 2036 LookupOrdinaryName = 0, 2037 /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes, 2038 /// structs, and unions. 2039 LookupTagName, 2040 /// Label name lookup. 2041 LookupLabel, 2042 /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of 2043 /// class/struct/union members. 2044 LookupMemberName, 2045 /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with 2046 /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name 2047 /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members. 2048 LookupOperatorName, 2049 /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution 2050 /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object, 2051 /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1). 2052 LookupNestedNameSpecifierName, 2053 /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or 2054 /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++ 2055 /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1). 2056 LookupNamespaceName, 2057 /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name, 2058 /// including resolved using declarations. This is appropriate 2059 /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration. 2060 LookupUsingDeclName, 2061 /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a 2062 /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that 2063 /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See 2064 /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6. 2065 LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage, 2066 /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol. 2067 LookupObjCProtocolName, 2068 /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method. 2069 LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam, 2070 /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name. 2071 LookupAnyName 2072 }; 2073 2074 /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a 2075 /// redeclaration (vs. a reference). 2076 enum RedeclarationKind { 2077 /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the 2078 /// purpose of redeclaring the name. 2079 NotForRedeclaration = 0, 2080 /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name, 2081 /// if an entity by that name already exists. 2082 ForRedeclaration 2083 }; 2084 2085 /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator. 2086 enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult { 2087 /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error. 2088 LOLR_Error, 2089 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which 2090 /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it. 2091 LOLR_Cooked, 2092 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects 2093 /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token. 2094 LOLR_Raw, 2095 /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates, 2096 /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be 2097 /// passed as a non-type template argument pack. 2098 LOLR_Template 2099 }; 2100 2101 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D, 2102 CXXSpecialMember SM, 2103 bool ConstArg, 2104 bool VolatileArg, 2105 bool RValueThis, 2106 bool ConstThis, 2107 bool VolatileThis); 2108 2109private: 2110 bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S); 2111 2112 // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls. 2113 // 2114 // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded 2115 // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise. 2116 llvm::DenseMap<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces; 2117 2118 /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal 2119 /// source. 2120 bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces; 2121 2122public: 2123 /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration. Return 2124 /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded. 2125 /// 2126 /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle 2127 /// ambiguity and overloaded. 2128 NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name, 2129 SourceLocation Loc, 2130 LookupNameKind NameKind, 2131 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2132 = NotForRedeclaration); 2133 bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, 2134 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false); 2135 bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx, 2136 bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false); 2137 bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2138 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false, 2139 bool EnteringContext = false); 2140 ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc, 2141 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2142 = NotForRedeclaration); 2143 2144 void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S, 2145 QualType T1, QualType T2, 2146 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions); 2147 2148 LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 2149 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation()); 2150 2151 DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2152 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2153 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2154 unsigned Quals); 2155 CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2156 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2157 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2158 unsigned Quals); 2159 CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2160 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2161 CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2162 2163 LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R, 2164 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys, 2165 bool AllowRawAndTemplate); 2166 bool isKnownName(StringRef name); 2167 2168 void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, bool Operator, 2169 SourceLocation Loc, 2170 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2171 ADLResult &Functions, 2172 bool StdNamespaceIsAssociated = false); 2173 2174 void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind, 2175 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2176 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2177 void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind, 2178 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2179 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2180 2181 TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, 2182 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, 2183 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2184 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 2185 DeclContext *MemberContext = 0, 2186 bool EnteringContext = false, 2187 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = 0); 2188 2189 void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2190 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces, 2191 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses); 2192 2193 void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 2194 bool ConsiderLinkage, 2195 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 2196 2197 bool DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result); 2198 //@} 2199 2200 ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 2201 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2202 bool TypoCorrection = false); 2203 NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 2204 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 2205 SourceLocation Loc); 2206 NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II, 2207 Scope *S); 2208 void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD); 2209 2210 // More parsing and symbol table subroutines. 2211 2212 // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2213 void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD, 2214 bool NonInheritable = true, bool Inheritable = true); 2215 void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL, 2216 bool NonInheritable = true, bool Inheritable = true); 2217 bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl, 2218 const AttributeList *AttrList); 2219 2220 void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D); 2221 2222 bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value); 2223 bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC); 2224 bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr); 2225 2226 /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2227 StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs, 2228 SourceRange Range); 2229 2230 void WarnUndefinedMethod(SourceLocation ImpLoc, ObjCMethodDecl *method, 2231 bool &IncompleteImpl, unsigned DiagID); 2232 void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2233 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2234 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2235 2236 void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2237 ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden, 2238 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2239 2240 /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method 2241 /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration. 2242 void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2243 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2244 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2245 2246 bool isPropertyReadonly(ObjCPropertyDecl *PropertyDecl, 2247 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2248 2249 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet; 2250 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap; 2251 2252 /// CheckProtocolMethodDefs - This routine checks unimplemented 2253 /// methods declared in protocol, and those referenced by it. 2254 void CheckProtocolMethodDefs(SourceLocation ImpLoc, 2255 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl, 2256 bool& IncompleteImpl, 2257 const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2258 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2259 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl); 2260 2261 /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables 2262 /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface. 2263 void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl, 2264 ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars, 2265 SourceLocation Loc); 2266 2267 /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method 2268 /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation. 2269 void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2270 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2271 bool IncompleteImpl = false); 2272 2273 /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties 2274 /// which must be implemented by this implementation. 2275 void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2276 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2277 const SelectorSet &InsMap); 2278 2279 /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all 2280 /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation. 2281 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2282 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2283 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D); 2284 2285 /// CollectImmediateProperties - This routine collects all properties in 2286 /// the class and its conforming protocols; but not those it its super class. 2287 void CollectImmediateProperties(ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2288 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& PropMap, 2289 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& SuperPropMap); 2290 2291 2292 /// LookupPropertyDecl - Looks up a property in the current class and all 2293 /// its protocols. 2294 ObjCPropertyDecl *LookupPropertyDecl(const ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2295 IdentifierInfo *II); 2296 2297 /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in 2298 /// class extensions. 2299 Decl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S, 2300 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2301 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2302 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2303 Selector GetterSel, 2304 Selector SetterSel, 2305 const bool isAssign, 2306 const bool isReadWrite, 2307 const unsigned Attributes, 2308 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2309 bool *isOverridingProperty, 2310 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2311 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind); 2312 2313 /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to 2314 /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface. 2315 ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S, 2316 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2317 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2318 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2319 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2320 Selector GetterSel, 2321 Selector SetterSel, 2322 const bool isAssign, 2323 const bool isReadWrite, 2324 const unsigned Attributes, 2325 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2326 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2327 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 2328 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 2329 2330 /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via 2331 /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared 2332 /// setter or getter. 2333 void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2334 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl); 2335 2336 void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D); 2337 2338 void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID); 2339 2340 enum MethodMatchStrategy { 2341 MMS_loose, 2342 MMS_strict 2343 }; 2344 2345 /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns 2346 /// true, or false, accordingly. 2347 bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2348 const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod, 2349 MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict); 2350 2351 /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or 2352 /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations. 2353 void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2354 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2355 SelectorSet &InsMapSeen, 2356 SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen, 2357 ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2358 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2359 bool &IncompleteImpl, 2360 bool ImmediateClass, 2361 bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false); 2362 2363 /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in 2364 /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and 2365 /// warns each time an exact match is found. 2366 void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP); 2367 2368 /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods. 2369 void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method); 2370 2371private: 2372 /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global 2373 /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool. 2374 void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance); 2375 2376 /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and 2377 /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures. 2378 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2379 bool receiverIdOrClass, 2380 bool warn, bool instance); 2381 2382public: 2383 /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation 2384 /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate 2385 /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking 2386 /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown). 2387 void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2388 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true); 2389 } 2390 2391 /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods. 2392 void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2393 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false); 2394 } 2395 2396 /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global 2397 /// pool. 2398 void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D); 2399 2400 /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2401 /// there are multiple signatures. 2402 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2403 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2404 bool warn=true) { 2405 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2406 warn, /*instance*/true); 2407 } 2408 2409 /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2410 /// there are multiple signatures. 2411 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2412 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2413 bool warn=true) { 2414 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2415 warn, /*instance*/false); 2416 } 2417 2418 /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an 2419 /// implementation. 2420 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel); 2421 2422 /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require 2423 /// initialization. 2424 void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, 2425 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars); 2426 2427 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2428 // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp. 2429public: 2430 class FullExprArg { 2431 public: 2432 FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(0) { } 2433 2434 // FIXME: The const_cast here is ugly. RValue references would make this 2435 // much nicer (or we could duplicate a bunch of the move semantics 2436 // emulation code from Ownership.h). 2437 FullExprArg(const FullExprArg& Other) : E(Other.E) {} 2438 2439 ExprResult release() { 2440 return move(E); 2441 } 2442 2443 Expr *get() const { return E; } 2444 2445 Expr *operator->() { 2446 return E; 2447 } 2448 2449 private: 2450 // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just 2451 // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below. 2452 friend class Sema; 2453 2454 explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {} 2455 2456 Expr *E; 2457 }; 2458 2459 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) { 2460 return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation()); 2461 } 2462 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) { 2463 return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).release()); 2464 } 2465 2466 StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(FullExprArg Expr); 2467 2468 StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc, 2469 bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false); 2470 2471 void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2472 void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2473 StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, 2474 MultiStmtArg Elts, 2475 bool isStmtExpr); 2476 2477 /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement. 2478 class CompoundScopeRAII { 2479 public: 2480 CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) { 2481 S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2482 } 2483 2484 ~CompoundScopeRAII() { 2485 S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2486 } 2487 2488 private: 2489 Sema &S; 2490 }; 2491 2492 StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl, 2493 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2494 SourceLocation EndLoc); 2495 void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl); 2496 StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E); 2497 StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal, 2498 SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal, 2499 SourceLocation ColonLoc); 2500 void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt); 2501 2502 StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2503 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2504 Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope); 2505 StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl, 2506 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt); 2507 2508 StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc, 2509 ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs, 2510 Stmt *SubStmt); 2511 2512 StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, 2513 FullExprArg CondVal, Decl *CondVar, 2514 Stmt *ThenVal, 2515 SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal); 2516 StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2517 Expr *Cond, 2518 Decl *CondVar); 2519 StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2520 Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body); 2521 StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2522 FullExprArg Cond, 2523 Decl *CondVar, Stmt *Body); 2524 StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body, 2525 SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2526 SourceLocation CondLParen, Expr *Cond, 2527 SourceLocation CondRParen); 2528 2529 StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2530 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2531 Stmt *First, FullExprArg Second, 2532 Decl *SecondVar, 2533 FullExprArg Third, 2534 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2535 Stmt *Body); 2536 ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc, 2537 Expr *collection); 2538 StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc, 2539 Stmt *First, Expr *collection, 2540 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2541 StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body); 2542 2543 StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *LoopVar, 2544 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection, 2545 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2546 bool ShouldTryDeref); 2547 StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2548 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2549 Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *BeginEndDecl, 2550 Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc, 2551 Stmt *LoopVarDecl, 2552 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2553 bool ShouldTryDeref); 2554 StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body); 2555 2556 StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2557 SourceLocation LabelLoc, 2558 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 2559 StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2560 SourceLocation StarLoc, 2561 Expr *DestExp); 2562 StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2563 StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2564 2565 const VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E, 2566 bool AllowFunctionParameters); 2567 2568 StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2569 StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2570 2571 StmtResult ActOnAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, 2572 bool IsSimple, bool IsVolatile, 2573 unsigned NumOutputs, unsigned NumInputs, 2574 IdentifierInfo **Names, 2575 MultiExprArg Constraints, 2576 MultiExprArg Exprs, 2577 Expr *AsmString, 2578 MultiExprArg Clobbers, 2579 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2580 2581 StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, 2582 SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 2583 ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks, 2584 SourceLocation EndLoc); 2585 2586 VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType, 2587 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2588 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 2589 bool Invalid = false); 2590 2591 Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2592 2593 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen, 2594 Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body); 2595 2596 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2597 2598 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try, 2599 MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally); 2600 2601 StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw); 2602 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw, 2603 Scope *CurScope); 2604 ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc, 2605 Expr *operand); 2606 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, 2607 Expr *SynchExpr, 2608 Stmt *SynchBody); 2609 2610 StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2611 2612 VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2613 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2614 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2615 IdentifierInfo *Id); 2616 2617 Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2618 2619 StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc, 2620 Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock); 2621 StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock, 2622 MultiStmtArg Handlers); 2623 2624 StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ? 2625 SourceLocation TryLoc, 2626 Stmt *TryBlock, 2627 Stmt *Handler); 2628 2629 StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2630 Expr *FilterExpr, 2631 Stmt *Block); 2632 2633 StmtResult ActOnSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2634 Stmt *Block); 2635 2636 void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock); 2637 2638 bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const; 2639 2640 /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track 2641 /// of it. 2642 void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D); 2643 2644 /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression 2645 /// whose result is unused, warn. 2646 void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S); 2647 void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND); 2648 2649 /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null 2650 /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line. 2651 /// 2652 /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as: 2653 /// if (condition); 2654 /// do_stuff(); 2655 void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc, 2656 const Stmt *Body, 2657 unsigned DiagID); 2658 2659 /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by 2660 /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body. 2661 void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S, 2662 const Stmt *PossibleBody); 2663 2664 ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 2665 return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool); 2666 } 2667 void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl); 2668 2669 typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState; 2670 ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() { 2671 return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed(); 2672 } 2673 void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) { 2674 DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state); 2675 } 2676 2677 void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool); 2678 2679 void EmitDeprecationWarning(NamedDecl *D, StringRef Message, 2680 SourceLocation Loc, 2681 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0); 2682 2683 void HandleDelayedDeprecationCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 2684 2685 bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc, 2686 StringRef message); 2687 2688 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2689 // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp. 2690 2691 bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D); 2692 bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 2693 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0); 2694 void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD); 2695 std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD); 2696 bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, 2697 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter, 2698 SourceLocation Loc); 2699 void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 2700 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs); 2701 2702 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 2703 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 2704 bool IsDecltype = false); 2705 2706 void PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 2707 2708 void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 2709 2710 ExprResult TranformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E); 2711 ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E); 2712 2713 ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res); 2714 2715 // Functions for marking a declaration referenced. These functions also 2716 // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or 2717 // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense). There are separate variants 2718 // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking 2719 // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the 2720 // named expressions. 2721 void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D); 2722 void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func); 2723 void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var); 2724 void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E); 2725 void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E); 2726 2727 void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E); 2728 void CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 2729 2730 enum TryCaptureKind { 2731 TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef 2732 }; 2733 2734 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 2735 /// 2736 /// \param Var The variable to capture. 2737 /// 2738 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs. 2739 /// 2740 /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a 2741 /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda). 2742 /// 2743 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in 2744 /// an explicit lambda capture. 2745 /// 2746 /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the 2747 /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether 2748 /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining 2749 /// if the variable cannot be captured. 2750 /// 2751 /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture 2752 /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the 2753 /// variable can be captured. 2754 /// 2755 /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture 2756 /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be 2757 /// captured. 2758 /// 2759 /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be 2760 /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded. 2761 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind, 2762 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose, 2763 QualType &CaptureType, 2764 QualType &DeclRefType); 2765 2766 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 2767 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, 2768 TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit, 2769 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation()); 2770 2771 /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that 2772 /// variable will have in the given scope. 2773 QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc); 2774 2775 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T); 2776 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E, 2777 bool SkipLocalVariables = false); 2778 2779 /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a 2780 /// call. Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was 2781 /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid. 2782 bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD, 2783 bool ForceComplain = false, 2784 bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = 0); 2785 2786 /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call. 2787 bool isExprCallable(const Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy, 2788 UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads); 2789 2790 /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current 2791 /// evaluation context. 2792 /// 2793 /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the 2794 /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic 2795 /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable. 2796 /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted. 2797 bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement, 2798 const PartialDiagnostic &PD); 2799 2800 // Primary Expressions. 2801 SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const; 2802 2803 ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2804 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2805 UnqualifiedId &Id, 2806 bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand, 2807 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0); 2808 2809 void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id, 2810 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer, 2811 DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2812 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs); 2813 2814 bool DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R, 2815 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 2816 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0, 2817 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *>()); 2818 2819 ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S, 2820 IdentifierInfo *II, 2821 bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false); 2822 2823 ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2824 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2825 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2826 bool isAddressOfOperand, 2827 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2828 2829 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 2830 ExprValueKind VK, 2831 SourceLocation Loc, 2832 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 2833 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 2834 ExprValueKind VK, 2835 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2836 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 2837 ExprResult 2838 BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2839 SourceLocation nameLoc, 2840 IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField, 2841 Expr *baseObjectExpr = 0, 2842 SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation()); 2843 ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2844 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2845 LookupResult &R, 2846 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2847 ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2848 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2849 LookupResult &R, 2850 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 2851 bool IsDefiniteInstance); 2852 bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2853 const LookupResult &R, 2854 bool HasTrailingLParen); 2855 2856 ExprResult BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2857 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo); 2858 ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2859 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2860 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2861 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2862 2863 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2864 LookupResult &R, 2865 bool NeedsADL); 2866 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2867 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2868 NamedDecl *D); 2869 2870 ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R, 2871 DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo, 2872 ArrayRef<Expr*> Args, 2873 SourceLocation LitEndLoc, 2874 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 2875 2876 ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 2877 ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val); 2878 ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 2879 ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 2880 ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E); 2881 ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L, 2882 SourceLocation R, 2883 MultiExprArg Val); 2884 2885 /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string 2886 /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). 2887 ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks, 2888 Scope *UDLScope = 0); 2889 2890 ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 2891 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2892 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2893 Expr *ControllingExpr, 2894 MultiTypeArg ArgTypes, 2895 MultiExprArg ArgExprs); 2896 ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 2897 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2898 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2899 Expr *ControllingExpr, 2900 TypeSourceInfo **Types, 2901 Expr **Exprs, 2902 unsigned NumAssocs); 2903 2904 // Binary/Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator. 2905 ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc, 2906 Expr *InputExpr); 2907 ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2908 UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input); 2909 ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2910 tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input); 2911 2912 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2913 SourceLocation OpLoc, 2914 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 2915 SourceRange R); 2916 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2917 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 2918 ExprResult 2919 ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2920 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 2921 bool IsType, void *TyOrEx, 2922 const SourceRange &ArgRange); 2923 2924 ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E); 2925 bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E); 2926 2927 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 2928 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2929 SourceRange ExprRange, 2930 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 2931 ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S, 2932 SourceLocation OpLoc, 2933 IdentifierInfo &Name, 2934 SourceLocation NameLoc, 2935 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2936 ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2937 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input); 2938 2939 ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 2940 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 2941 ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 2942 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 2943 2944 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 2945 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 2946 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2947 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2948 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 2949 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2950 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2951 2952 // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow 2953 // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after 2954 // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the 2955 // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class 2956 // defines a custom operator->). 2957 struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs { 2958 Scope *S; 2959 UnqualifiedId &Id; 2960 Decl *ObjCImpDecl; 2961 bool HasTrailingLParen; 2962 }; 2963 2964 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 2965 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 2966 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2967 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2968 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 2969 LookupResult &R, 2970 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 2971 bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false, 2972 ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = 0); 2973 2974 ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow); 2975 ExprResult LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, ExprResult &Base, 2976 bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2977 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2978 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 2979 bool HasTemplateArgs); 2980 2981 bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType, 2982 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2983 const LookupResult &R); 2984 2985 ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 2986 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2987 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2988 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2989 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 2990 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2991 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2992 2993 ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 2994 SourceLocation OpLoc, 2995 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 2996 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2997 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2998 UnqualifiedId &Member, 2999 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 3000 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3001 3002 void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl); 3003 bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn, 3004 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 3005 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 3006 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 3007 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3008 bool ExecConfig = false); 3009 void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3010 ParmVarDecl *Param, 3011 const Expr *ArgExpr); 3012 3013 /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments. 3014 /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma 3015 /// locations. 3016 ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3017 MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3018 Expr *ExecConfig = 0, bool IsExecConfig = false); 3019 ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl, 3020 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3021 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 3022 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3023 Expr *Config = 0, 3024 bool IsExecConfig = false); 3025 3026 ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc, 3027 MultiExprArg ExecConfig, 3028 SourceLocation GGGLoc); 3029 3030 ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3031 Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty, 3032 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr); 3033 ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3034 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3035 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3036 Expr *Op); 3037 CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType); 3038 3039 /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal. 3040 ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3041 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E, 3042 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 3043 3044 ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME); 3045 3046 ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3047 ParsedType Ty, 3048 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3049 Expr *InitExpr); 3050 3051 ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3052 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3053 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3054 Expr *LiteralExpr); 3055 3056 ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 3057 MultiExprArg InitArgList, 3058 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 3059 3060 ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig, 3061 SourceLocation Loc, 3062 bool GNUSyntax, 3063 ExprResult Init); 3064 3065 ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc, 3066 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3067 ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3068 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3069 ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, 3070 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3071 3072 /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null 3073 /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension. 3074 ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc, 3075 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 3076 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3077 3078 /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo". 3079 ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc, 3080 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 3081 3082 void ActOnStartStmtExpr(); 3083 ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt, 3084 SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})" 3085 void ActOnStmtExprError(); 3086 3087 // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*) 3088 struct OffsetOfComponent { 3089 SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd; 3090 bool isBrackets; // true if [expr], false if .ident 3091 union { 3092 IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo; 3093 Expr *E; 3094 } U; 3095 }; 3096 3097 /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c) 3098 ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3099 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3100 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3101 unsigned NumComponents, 3102 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3103 ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S, 3104 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3105 SourceLocation TypeLoc, 3106 ParsedType ParsedArgTy, 3107 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3108 unsigned NumComponents, 3109 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3110 3111 // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2) 3112 ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3113 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, 3114 Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3115 3116 // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type) 3117 ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty, 3118 SourceLocation RPLoc); 3119 ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, 3120 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3121 3122 // __null 3123 ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc); 3124 3125 bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E); 3126 3127 /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check. 3128 enum IfExistsResult { 3129 /// \brief The symbol exists. 3130 IER_Exists, 3131 3132 /// \brief The symbol does not exist. 3133 IER_DoesNotExist, 3134 3135 /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ 3136 /// from one instantiation to the next. 3137 IER_Dependent, 3138 3139 /// \brief An error occurred. 3140 IER_Error 3141 }; 3142 3143 IfExistsResult 3144 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3145 const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo); 3146 3147 IfExistsResult 3148 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3149 bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3150 UnqualifiedId &Name); 3151 3152 StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3153 bool IsIfExists, 3154 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 3155 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo, 3156 Stmt *Nested); 3157 StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3158 bool IsIfExists, 3159 CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name, 3160 Stmt *Nested); 3161 3162 //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===// 3163 3164 /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is 3165 /// started. 3166 void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3167 3168 /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments. 3169 /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked. 3170 void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo, 3171 Scope *CurScope); 3172 3173 /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback 3174 /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl. 3175 void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3176 3177 /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement 3178 /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...} 3179 ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body, 3180 Scope *CurScope); 3181 3182 //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===// 3183 3184 /// __builtin_astype(...) 3185 ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, 3186 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3187 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3188 3189 //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===// 3190 3191 // Act on C++ namespaces 3192 Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc, 3193 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3194 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3195 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 3196 SourceLocation LBrace, 3197 AttributeList *AttrList); 3198 void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace); 3199 3200 NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const; 3201 NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace(); 3202 3203 CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const; 3204 3205 /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if 3206 /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element. 3207 bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element); 3208 3209 /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it 3210 /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found. 3211 /// 3212 /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error. 3213 QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc); 3214 3215 /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as 3216 /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2. 3217 bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor); 3218 3219 Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope, 3220 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3221 SourceLocation NamespcLoc, 3222 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3223 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3224 IdentifierInfo *NamespcName, 3225 AttributeList *AttrList); 3226 3227 void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir); 3228 3229 Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope, 3230 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3231 SourceLocation AliasLoc, 3232 IdentifierInfo *Alias, 3233 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3234 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3235 IdentifierInfo *Ident); 3236 3237 void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow); 3238 bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target, 3239 const LookupResult &PreviousDecls); 3240 UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD, 3241 NamedDecl *Target); 3242 3243 bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3244 bool isTypeName, 3245 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3246 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3247 const LookupResult &Previous); 3248 bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3249 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3250 SourceLocation NameLoc); 3251 3252 NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3253 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3254 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3255 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3256 AttributeList *AttrList, 3257 bool IsInstantiation, 3258 bool IsTypeName, 3259 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3260 3261 bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD); 3262 3263 Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3264 AccessSpecifier AS, 3265 bool HasUsingKeyword, 3266 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3267 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3268 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3269 AttributeList *AttrList, 3270 bool IsTypeName, 3271 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3272 Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3273 AccessSpecifier AS, 3274 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3275 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3276 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3277 TypeResult Type); 3278 3279 /// InitializeVarWithConstructor - Creates an CXXConstructExpr 3280 /// and sets it as the initializer for the passed in VarDecl. 3281 bool InitializeVarWithConstructor(VarDecl *VD, 3282 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 3283 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3284 bool HadMultipleCandidates); 3285 3286 /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor, 3287 /// including handling of its default argument expressions. 3288 /// 3289 /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind 3290 ExprResult 3291 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3292 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs, 3293 bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool RequiresZeroInit, 3294 unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange); 3295 3296 // FIXME: Can re remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if 3297 // the constructor can be elidable? 3298 ExprResult 3299 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3300 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable, 3301 MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates, 3302 bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind, 3303 SourceRange ParenRange); 3304 3305 /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating 3306 /// the default expr if needed. 3307 ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3308 FunctionDecl *FD, 3309 ParmVarDecl *Param); 3310 3311 /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the 3312 /// constructed variable. 3313 void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType); 3314 3315 /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for 3316 /// implicitly-declared special member functions. 3317 class ImplicitExceptionSpecification { 3318 // Pointer to allow copying 3319 Sema *Self; 3320 // We order exception specifications thus: 3321 // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++0x. 3322 // throw() comes next. 3323 // Then a throw(collected exceptions) 3324 // Finally no specification. 3325 // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it. 3326 // 3327 // If this exception specification cannot be known yet (for instance, 3328 // because this is the exception specification for a defaulted default 3329 // constructor and we haven't finished parsing the deferred parts of the 3330 // class yet), the C++0x standard does not specify how to behave. We 3331 // record this as an 'unknown' exception specification, which overrules 3332 // any other specification (even 'none', to keep this rule simple). 3333 ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST; 3334 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen; 3335 SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions; 3336 3337 void ClearExceptions() { 3338 ExceptionsSeen.clear(); 3339 Exceptions.clear(); 3340 } 3341 3342 public: 3343 explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self) 3344 : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) { 3345 if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x) 3346 ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone; 3347 } 3348 3349 /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type. 3350 ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const { 3351 assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept && 3352 "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result"); 3353 return ComputedEST; 3354 } 3355 3356 /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification. 3357 unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); } 3358 3359 /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification. 3360 const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); } 3361 3362 /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data. 3363 void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3364 3365 /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data. 3366 void CalledExpr(Expr *E); 3367 3368 /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this 3369 /// computed exception specification. 3370 void getEPI(FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const { 3371 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = getExceptionSpecType(); 3372 EPI.NumExceptions = size(); 3373 EPI.Exceptions = data(); 3374 } 3375 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo getEPI() const { 3376 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 3377 getEPI(EPI); 3378 return EPI; 3379 } 3380 }; 3381 3382 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3383 /// copy constructor of a class will have. 3384 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3385 ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 3386 CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3387 3388 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3389 /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter 3390 /// will be const. 3391 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3392 ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3393 3394 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled 3395 /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the 3396 /// parameter will be const. 3397 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3398 ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3399 3400 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3401 /// constructor of a class will have. 3402 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3403 ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3404 3405 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3406 /// assignment operator of a class will have. 3407 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3408 ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3409 3410 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3411 /// destructor of a class will have. 3412 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3413 ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3414 3415 /// \brief Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted 3416 /// special member function. 3417 void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3418 3419 /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the 3420 /// extended prototype information with the results. 3421 void checkExceptionSpecification(ExceptionSpecificationType EST, 3422 ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions, 3423 ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges, 3424 Expr *NoexceptExpr, 3425 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions, 3426 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI); 3427 3428 /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted 3429 /// definition when it is defaulted. 3430 bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, 3431 bool Diagnose = false); 3432 3433 /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class. 3434 /// 3435 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3436 /// default constructor will be added. 3437 /// 3438 /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor. 3439 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor( 3440 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3441 3442 /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3443 /// defining this constructor as the default constructor. 3444 void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3445 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3446 3447 /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class. 3448 /// 3449 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3450 /// destructor will be added. 3451 /// 3452 /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor. 3453 CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3454 3455 /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of 3456 /// defining this destructor as the default destructor. 3457 void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3458 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3459 3460 /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one. 3461 /// 3462 /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one 3463 /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared. 3464 void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 3465 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3466 3467 /// \brief Declare all inherited constructors for the given class. 3468 /// 3469 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the inherited 3470 /// constructors will be added. 3471 void DeclareInheritedConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3472 3473 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class. 3474 /// 3475 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3476 /// copy constructor will be added. 3477 /// 3478 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor. 3479 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3480 3481 /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3482 /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor. 3483 void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3484 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3485 3486 /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class. 3487 /// 3488 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3489 /// move constructor will be added. 3490 /// 3491 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't 3492 /// declared. 3493 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3494 3495 /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3496 /// defining this constructor as the move constructor. 3497 void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3498 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3499 3500 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class. 3501 /// 3502 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3503 /// copy assignment operator will be added. 3504 /// 3505 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3506 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3507 3508 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3509 void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3510 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3511 3512 /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class. 3513 /// 3514 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3515 /// move assignment operator will be added. 3516 /// 3517 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it 3518 /// wasn't declared. 3519 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3520 3521 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator. 3522 void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3523 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3524 3525 /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this 3526 /// class. 3527 void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 3528 3529 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted 3530 /// special member function. 3531 bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD); 3532 3533 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member 3534 /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be. 3535 /// 3536 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3537 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3538 3539 /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static 3540 /// member function. 3541 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3542 3543 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given 3544 /// static member function. 3545 /// 3546 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3547 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3548 3549 /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with 3550 /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise 3551 /// it simply returns the passed in expression. 3552 ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E); 3553 3554 bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 3555 MultiExprArg ArgsPtr, 3556 SourceLocation Loc, 3557 ASTOwningVector<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs, 3558 bool AllowExplicit = false); 3559 3560 ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3561 IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 3562 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3563 ParsedType ObjectType, 3564 bool EnteringContext); 3565 3566 ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType); 3567 3568 // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior. 3569 void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType, 3570 bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range); 3571 3572 /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's. 3573 ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3574 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3575 SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc, 3576 Declarator &D, 3577 SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc, 3578 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3579 Expr *E, 3580 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3581 3582 ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3583 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3584 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3585 Expr *E, 3586 SourceRange AngleBrackets, 3587 SourceRange Parens); 3588 3589 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3590 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3591 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3592 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3593 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3594 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3595 Expr *Operand, 3596 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3597 3598 /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ). 3599 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3600 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3601 void *TyOrExpr, 3602 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3603 3604 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3605 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3606 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3607 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3608 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3609 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3610 Expr *Operand, 3611 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3612 3613 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ). 3614 ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3615 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3616 void *TyOrExpr, 3617 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3618 3619 3620 //// ActOnCXXThis - Parse 'this' pointer. 3621 ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc); 3622 3623 /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer. 3624 /// 3625 /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type. 3626 QualType getCurrentThisType(); 3627 3628 /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the 3629 /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases, 3630 /// this provides the type used for 'this'. 3631 QualType CXXThisTypeOverride; 3632 3633 /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression 3634 /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type. 3635 class CXXThisScopeRAII { 3636 Sema &S; 3637 QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride; 3638 bool Enabled; 3639 3640 public: 3641 /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled), 3642 /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a 3643 /// class) along with the given qualifiers. 3644 /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'. 3645 CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals, 3646 bool Enabled = true); 3647 3648 ~CXXThisScopeRAII(); 3649 }; 3650 3651 /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current 3652 /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context. 3653 /// 3654 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs. 3655 /// 3656 /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda 3657 /// capture list. 3658 void CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false); 3659 3660 /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used 3661 /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently 3662 /// being defined. 3663 bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType); 3664 3665 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals. 3666 ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3667 3668 3669 /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals. 3670 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3671 3672 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'. 3673 ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc); 3674 3675 //// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions. 3676 ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr); 3677 ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex, 3678 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 3679 ExprResult CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E, 3680 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 3681 3682 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type. 3683 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)") 3684 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)") 3685 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()"). 3686 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep, 3687 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3688 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3689 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3690 3691 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type, 3692 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3693 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3694 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3695 3696 /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression. 3697 ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 3698 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 3699 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 3700 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 3701 SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D, 3702 Expr *Initializer); 3703 ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 3704 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 3705 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 3706 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 3707 SourceRange TypeIdParens, 3708 QualType AllocType, 3709 TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo, 3710 Expr *ArraySize, 3711 SourceRange DirectInitRange, 3712 Expr *Initializer, 3713 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 3714 3715 bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc, 3716 SourceRange R); 3717 bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 3718 bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray, 3719 Expr **PlaceArgs, unsigned NumPlaceArgs, 3720 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew, 3721 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete); 3722 bool FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 3723 DeclarationName Name, Expr** Args, 3724 unsigned NumArgs, DeclContext *Ctx, 3725 bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator, 3726 bool Diagnose = true); 3727 void DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 3728 void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return, 3729 QualType Argument, 3730 bool addMallocAttr = false); 3731 3732 bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD, 3733 DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator, 3734 bool Diagnose = true); 3735 3736 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression 3737 ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, 3738 bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm, 3739 Expr *Operand); 3740 3741 DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 3742 ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar, 3743 SourceLocation StmtLoc, 3744 bool ConvertToBoolean); 3745 3746 ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen, 3747 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen); 3748 ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand, 3749 SourceLocation RParen); 3750 3751 /// ActOnUnaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 3752 /// pseudo-functions. 3753 ExprResult ActOnUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 3754 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3755 ParsedType Ty, 3756 SourceLocation RParen); 3757 3758 ExprResult BuildUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 3759 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3760 TypeSourceInfo *T, 3761 SourceLocation RParen); 3762 3763 /// ActOnBinaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 3764 /// pseudo-functions. 3765 ExprResult ActOnBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait OTT, 3766 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3767 ParsedType LhsTy, 3768 ParsedType RhsTy, 3769 SourceLocation RParen); 3770 3771 ExprResult BuildBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait BTT, 3772 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3773 TypeSourceInfo *LhsT, 3774 TypeSourceInfo *RhsT, 3775 SourceLocation RParen); 3776 3777 /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions. 3778 ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 3779 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args, 3780 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3781 ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 3782 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 3783 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3784 3785 /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 3786 /// pseudo-functions. 3787 ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 3788 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3789 ParsedType LhsTy, 3790 Expr *DimExpr, 3791 SourceLocation RParen); 3792 3793 ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 3794 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3795 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 3796 Expr *DimExpr, 3797 SourceLocation RParen); 3798 3799 /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 3800 /// pseudo-functions. 3801 ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 3802 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3803 Expr *Queried, 3804 SourceLocation RParen); 3805 3806 ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 3807 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3808 Expr *Queried, 3809 SourceLocation RParen); 3810 3811 ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, 3812 Expr *Base, 3813 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3814 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3815 ParsedType &ObjectType, 3816 bool &MayBePseudoDestructor); 3817 3818 ExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(SourceLocation NameLoc, Expr *MemExpr); 3819 3820 ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base, 3821 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3822 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3823 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3824 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType, 3825 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3826 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3827 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType, 3828 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3829 3830 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3831 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3832 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3833 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3834 UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName, 3835 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3836 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3837 UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName, 3838 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3839 3840 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3841 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3842 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3843 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3844 const DeclSpec& DS, 3845 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3846 3847 /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression 3848 /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node. 3849 /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression. 3850 Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr); 3851 Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt); 3852 ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr); 3853 3854 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) { 3855 return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc() 3856 : SourceLocation()); 3857 } 3858 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC); 3859 StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt); 3860 3861 // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type. 3862 bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC); 3863 3864 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T); 3865 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3866 bool EnteringContext = false); 3867 bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3868 CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 3869 bool isUnknownSpecialization(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3870 3871 /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'. 3872 /// 3873 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 3874 /// 3875 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 3876 /// 3877 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place 3878 /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier. 3879 /// 3880 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 3881 bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation CCLoc, 3882 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3883 3884 bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(NamedDecl *SD); 3885 NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 3886 3887 bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3888 SourceLocation IdLoc, 3889 IdentifierInfo &II, 3890 ParsedType ObjectType); 3891 3892 bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 3893 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 3894 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 3895 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3896 QualType ObjectType, 3897 bool EnteringContext, 3898 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3899 NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult, 3900 bool ErrorRecoveryLookup); 3901 3902 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'. 3903 /// 3904 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 3905 /// 3906 /// \param Identifier The identifier preceding the '::'. 3907 /// 3908 /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier. 3909 /// 3910 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 3911 /// 3912 /// \param ObjectType The type of the object, if we're parsing 3913 /// nested-name-specifier in a member access expression. 3914 /// 3915 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by 3916 /// this nested-name-specifier. 3917 /// 3918 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 3919 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 3920 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 3921 /// including this new type). 3922 /// 3923 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 3924 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 3925 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 3926 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 3927 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3928 ParsedType ObjectType, 3929 bool EnteringContext, 3930 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3931 3932 ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E); 3933 3934 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3935 const DeclSpec &DS, 3936 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc); 3937 3938 bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3939 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 3940 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 3941 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 3942 ParsedType ObjectType, 3943 bool EnteringContext); 3944 3945 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 3946 /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'. 3947 /// 3948 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 3949 /// 3950 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 3951 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 3952 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 3953 /// including this new type). 3954 /// 3955 /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 3956 /// \param TemplateName the template name. 3957 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 3958 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 3959 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 3960 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 3961 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 3962 /// 3963 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the 3964 /// nested-name-specifier. 3965 /// 3966 /// 3967 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 3968 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 3969 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3970 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3971 TemplateTy TemplateName, 3972 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 3973 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 3974 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 3975 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 3976 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3977 bool EnteringContext); 3978 3979 /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value 3980 /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given 3981 /// nested-name-specifier. 3982 /// 3983 /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier. 3984 /// 3985 /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the 3986 /// nested-name-specifier \p SS. 3987 void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3988 3989 /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore 3990 /// the nested-name-specifier structure. 3991 /// 3992 /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by 3993 /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(). 3994 /// 3995 /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation. 3996 /// 3997 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents 3998 /// of the annotation pointer. 3999 void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation, 4000 SourceRange AnnotationRange, 4001 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4002 4003 bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4004 4005 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global 4006 /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id. 4007 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be 4008 /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and 4009 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called. 4010 /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec. 4011 bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4012 4013 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously 4014 /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same 4015 /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well. 4016 /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the 4017 /// defining scope. 4018 void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4019 4020 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an 4021 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 4022 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a 4023 /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of 4024 /// class X. 4025 void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 4026 4027 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an 4028 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 4029 void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 4030 4031 /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type. 4032 CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4033 bool KnownDependent = false); 4034 4035 /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression. 4036 CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4037 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4038 TypeSourceInfo *MethodType, 4039 SourceLocation EndLoc, 4040 llvm::ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params); 4041 4042 /// \brief Introduce the scope for a lambda expression. 4043 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *enterLambdaScope(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 4044 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4045 LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault, 4046 bool ExplicitParams, 4047 bool ExplicitResultType, 4048 bool Mutable); 4049 4050 /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the 4051 /// given lambda. 4052 void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI); 4053 4054 /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope. 4055 void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope); 4056 4057 /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return 4058 /// statements present in the body. 4059 void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI); 4060 4061 /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start 4062 /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and 4063 /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the 4064 /// lambda. 4065 void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 4066 Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope); 4067 4068 /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback 4069 /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda. 4070 void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope, 4071 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4072 4073 /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression 4074 /// was successfully completed. 4075 ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body, 4076 Scope *CurScope, 4077 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4078 4079 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4080 /// function pointer. 4081 /// 4082 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4083 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4084 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4085 /// block pointer conversion. 4086 void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion( 4087 SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4088 4089 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4090 /// block pointer. 4091 /// 4092 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4093 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4094 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4095 /// block pointer conversion. 4096 void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc, 4097 CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4098 4099 ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 4100 SourceLocation ConvLocation, 4101 CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 4102 Expr *Src); 4103 4104 // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals. 4105 ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs, 4106 Expr **Strings, 4107 unsigned NumStrings); 4108 4109 ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S); 4110 4111 /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4112 /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *" 4113 /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable. 4114 ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number); 4115 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc, 4116 bool Value); 4117 ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements); 4118 4119 /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4120 /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will 4121 /// either be "NSNumber *" or "NSString *" depending on the type of 4122 /// ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type or 4123 /// "char *" or "const char *". 4124 ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr); 4125 4126 ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr, 4127 Expr *IndexExpr, 4128 ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod, 4129 ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod); 4130 4131 ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR, 4132 ObjCDictionaryElement *Elements, 4133 unsigned NumElements); 4134 4135 ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4136 TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo, 4137 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4138 ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 4139 CXXConversionDecl *Method, 4140 bool HadMultipleCandidates); 4141 4142 ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4143 SourceLocation EncodeLoc, 4144 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4145 ParsedType Ty, 4146 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4147 4148 /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector 4149 ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel, 4150 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4151 SourceLocation SelLoc, 4152 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4153 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4154 4155 /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol 4156 ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName, 4157 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4158 SourceLocation ProtoLoc, 4159 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4160 SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc, 4161 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4162 4163 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4164 // C++ Declarations 4165 // 4166 Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4167 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4168 SourceLocation LangLoc, 4169 StringRef Lang, 4170 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 4171 Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4172 Decl *LinkageSpec, 4173 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 4174 4175 4176 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4177 // C++ Classes 4178 // 4179 bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S, 4180 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 4181 4182 bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access, 4183 SourceLocation ASLoc, 4184 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4185 AttributeList *Attrs = 0); 4186 4187 Decl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 4188 Declarator &D, 4189 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4190 Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS, 4191 InClassInitStyle InitStyle); 4192 void ActOnCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl, SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4193 Expr *Init); 4194 4195 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4196 Scope *S, 4197 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4198 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4199 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4200 const DeclSpec &DS, 4201 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4202 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4203 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 4204 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4205 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4206 4207 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4208 Scope *S, 4209 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4210 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4211 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4212 const DeclSpec &DS, 4213 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4214 Expr *InitList, 4215 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4216 4217 MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4218 Scope *S, 4219 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4220 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4221 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4222 const DeclSpec &DS, 4223 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4224 Expr *Init, 4225 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4226 4227 MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member, 4228 Expr *Init, 4229 SourceLocation IdLoc); 4230 4231 MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType, 4232 TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo, 4233 Expr *Init, 4234 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 4235 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4236 4237 MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4238 Expr *Init, 4239 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4240 4241 bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 4242 CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer); 4243 4244 bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 4245 CXXCtorInitializer **Initializers, 4246 unsigned NumInitializers, bool AnyErrors); 4247 4248 void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation); 4249 4250 4251 /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl, 4252 /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as 4253 /// referenced. 4254 void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4255 CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4256 4257 /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within 4258 /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the 4259 /// first use occurred. 4260 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse; 4261 4262 /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been 4263 /// materialized. 4264 SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses; 4265 4266 /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within 4267 /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is 4268 /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed 4269 /// by code generation). 4270 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed; 4271 4272 /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses. 4273 void LoadExternalVTableUses(); 4274 4275 typedef LazyVector<CXXRecordDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 4276 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDynamicClasses, 2, 2> 4277 DynamicClassesType; 4278 4279 /// \brief A list of all of the dynamic classes in this translation 4280 /// unit. 4281 DynamicClassesType DynamicClasses; 4282 4283 /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the 4284 /// given location. 4285 void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4286 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 4287 4288 /// \brief Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions 4289 /// in the given class as needed. 4290 void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc, 4291 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4292 4293 /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given 4294 /// CXXRecordDecl referenced. 4295 void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4296 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4297 4298 /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this 4299 /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those 4300 /// vtables. 4301 /// 4302 /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise. 4303 bool DefineUsedVTables(); 4304 4305 void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4306 4307 void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl, 4308 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4309 CXXCtorInitializer **MemInits, 4310 unsigned NumMemInits, 4311 bool AnyErrors); 4312 4313 void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4314 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc, 4315 Decl *TagDecl, 4316 SourceLocation LBrac, 4317 SourceLocation RBrac, 4318 AttributeList *AttrList); 4319 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls(); 4320 4321 void ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template); 4322 void ActOnReenterDeclaratorTemplateScope(Scope *S, DeclaratorDecl *D); 4323 void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4324 void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4325 void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param); 4326 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4327 void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4328 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record); 4329 void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, bool Flag = true); 4330 bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction(); 4331 4332 Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4333 Expr *AssertExpr, 4334 Expr *AssertMessageExpr, 4335 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4336 Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4337 Expr *AssertExpr, 4338 StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr, 4339 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4340 bool Failed); 4341 4342 FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation Loc, 4343 SourceLocation FriendLoc, 4344 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo); 4345 Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 4346 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4347 Decl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4348 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4349 4350 QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4351 StorageClass& SC); 4352 void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 4353 QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4354 StorageClass& SC); 4355 bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 4356 void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R, 4357 StorageClass& SC); 4358 Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion); 4359 4360 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMethods(CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4361 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 4362 4363 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4364 // C++ Derived Classes 4365 // 4366 4367 /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier 4368 CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4369 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4370 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4371 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4372 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4373 4374 BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl, 4375 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4376 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4377 ParsedType basetype, 4378 SourceLocation BaseLoc, 4379 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4380 4381 bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4382 unsigned NumBases); 4383 void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4384 unsigned NumBases); 4385 4386 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base); 4387 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4388 4389 // FIXME: I don't like this name. 4390 void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4391 4392 bool BasePathInvolvesVirtualBase(const CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4393 4394 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4395 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4396 CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 4397 bool IgnoreAccess = false); 4398 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4399 unsigned InaccessibleBaseID, 4400 unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID, 4401 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4402 DeclarationName Name, 4403 CXXCastPath *BasePath); 4404 4405 std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4406 4407 /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are 4408 /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5. 4409 bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4410 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4411 4412 /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception 4413 /// spec is a subset of base spec. 4414 bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4415 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4416 4417 bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange); 4418 4419 /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics. 4420 void CheckOverrideControl(Decl *D); 4421 4422 /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function 4423 /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to 4424 /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4. 4425 bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4426 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4427 4428 4429 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4430 // C++ Access Control 4431 // 4432 4433 enum AccessResult { 4434 AR_accessible, 4435 AR_inaccessible, 4436 AR_dependent, 4437 AR_delayed 4438 }; 4439 4440 bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl, 4441 NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl, 4442 AccessSpecifier LexicalAS); 4443 4444 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E, 4445 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4446 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E, 4447 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4448 AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc, 4449 SourceRange PlacementRange, 4450 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, 4451 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 4452 bool Diagnose = true); 4453 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4454 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4455 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4456 AccessSpecifier Access, 4457 bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false); 4458 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4459 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4460 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4461 AccessSpecifier Access, 4462 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag); 4463 AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4464 CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor, 4465 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 4466 QualType objectType = QualType()); 4467 AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D); 4468 AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4469 Expr *ObjectExpr, 4470 Expr *ArgExpr, 4471 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4472 AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr, 4473 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4474 AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc, 4475 QualType Base, QualType Derived, 4476 const CXXBasePath &Path, 4477 unsigned DiagID, 4478 bool ForceCheck = false, 4479 bool ForceUnprivileged = false); 4480 void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R); 4481 bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx); 4482 bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl, 4483 AccessSpecifier access, 4484 QualType objectType); 4485 4486 void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD, 4487 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4488 void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern, 4489 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4490 4491 void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 4492 4493 /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE 4494 /// failures rather than hard errors. 4495 bool AccessCheckingSFINAE; 4496 4497 enum AbstractDiagSelID { 4498 AbstractNone = -1, 4499 AbstractReturnType, 4500 AbstractParamType, 4501 AbstractVariableType, 4502 AbstractFieldType, 4503 AbstractIvarType, 4504 AbstractArrayType 4505 }; 4506 4507 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4508 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 4509 template<typename T1> 4510 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4511 unsigned DiagID, 4512 const T1 &Arg1) { 4513 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 4514 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4515 } 4516 4517 template<typename T1, typename T2> 4518 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4519 unsigned DiagID, 4520 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 4521 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 4522 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4523 } 4524 4525 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 4526 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4527 unsigned DiagID, 4528 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 4529 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, Arg3); 4530 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4531 } 4532 4533 void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4534 4535 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, 4536 AbstractDiagSelID SelID = AbstractNone); 4537 4538 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4539 // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5] 4540 // 4541 4542 bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4543 4544 bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4545 4546 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4547 // C++ Templates [C++ 14] 4548 // 4549 void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4550 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4551 bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4552 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4553 4554 void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4555 QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext, 4556 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4557 4558 TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S, 4559 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4560 bool hasTemplateKeyword, 4561 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4562 ParsedType ObjectType, 4563 bool EnteringContext, 4564 TemplateTy &Template, 4565 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4566 4567 bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 4568 SourceLocation IILoc, 4569 Scope *S, 4570 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, 4571 TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate, 4572 TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind); 4573 4574 void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl); 4575 TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl); 4576 4577 Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename, bool Ellipsis, 4578 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4579 SourceLocation KeyLoc, 4580 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4581 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4582 unsigned Depth, unsigned Position, 4583 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4584 ParsedType DefaultArg); 4585 4586 QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 4587 Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4588 unsigned Depth, 4589 unsigned Position, 4590 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4591 Expr *DefaultArg); 4592 Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S, 4593 SourceLocation TmpLoc, 4594 TemplateParameterList *Params, 4595 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4596 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4597 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4598 unsigned Depth, 4599 unsigned Position, 4600 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4601 ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg); 4602 4603 TemplateParameterList * 4604 ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth, 4605 SourceLocation ExportLoc, 4606 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4607 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4608 Decl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 4609 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4610 4611 /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter 4612 /// list. 4613 enum TemplateParamListContext { 4614 TPC_ClassTemplate, 4615 TPC_FunctionTemplate, 4616 TPC_ClassTemplateMember, 4617 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate, 4618 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition, 4619 TPC_TypeAliasTemplate 4620 }; 4621 4622 bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams, 4623 TemplateParameterList *OldParams, 4624 TemplateParamListContext TPC); 4625 TemplateParameterList * 4626 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, 4627 SourceLocation DeclLoc, 4628 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4629 TemplateParameterList **ParamLists, 4630 unsigned NumParamLists, 4631 bool IsFriend, 4632 bool &IsExplicitSpecialization, 4633 bool &Invalid); 4634 4635 DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 4636 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4637 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 4638 AttributeList *Attr, 4639 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, 4640 AccessSpecifier AS, 4641 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 4642 unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists, 4643 TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists); 4644 4645 void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In, 4646 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out); 4647 4648 void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name); 4649 4650 QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template, 4651 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4652 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs); 4653 4654 TypeResult 4655 ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4656 TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4657 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4658 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4659 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4660 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false); 4661 4662 /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id, 4663 /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>. 4664 TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK, 4665 TypeSpecifierType TagSpec, 4666 SourceLocation TagLoc, 4667 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4668 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4669 TemplateTy TemplateD, 4670 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4671 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4672 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn, 4673 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4674 4675 4676 ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4677 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4678 LookupResult &R, 4679 bool RequiresADL, 4680 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 4681 4682 ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4683 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4684 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 4685 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 4686 4687 TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S, 4688 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4689 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4690 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4691 ParsedType ObjectType, 4692 bool EnteringContext, 4693 TemplateTy &Template); 4694 4695 DeclResult 4696 ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 4697 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4698 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 4699 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4700 TemplateTy Template, 4701 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4702 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4703 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4704 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4705 AttributeList *Attr, 4706 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 4707 4708 Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S, 4709 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4710 Declarator &D); 4711 4712 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionTemplateDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, 4713 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4714 Declarator &D); 4715 4716 bool 4717 CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc, 4718 TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK, 4719 NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 4720 TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK, 4721 SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation, 4722 bool &SuppressNew); 4723 4724 bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 4725 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 4726 LookupResult &Previous); 4727 4728 bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 4729 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 4730 LookupResult &Previous); 4731 bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous); 4732 4733 DeclResult 4734 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4735 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4736 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4737 unsigned TagSpec, 4738 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4739 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4740 TemplateTy Template, 4741 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4742 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4743 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4744 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4745 AttributeList *Attr); 4746 4747 DeclResult 4748 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4749 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4750 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4751 unsigned TagSpec, 4752 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4753 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4754 IdentifierInfo *Name, 4755 SourceLocation NameLoc, 4756 AttributeList *Attr); 4757 4758 DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4759 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4760 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4761 Declarator &D); 4762 4763 TemplateArgumentLoc 4764 SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template, 4765 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4766 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4767 Decl *Param, 4768 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 4769 4770 /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template 4771 /// argument is being checked. 4772 enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind { 4773 /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was 4774 /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments. 4775 CTAK_Specified, 4776 4777 /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument 4778 /// deduction. 4779 CTAK_Deduced, 4780 4781 /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound 4782 /// via template argument deduction. 4783 CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound 4784 }; 4785 4786 bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param, 4787 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 4788 NamedDecl *Template, 4789 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4790 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4791 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex, 4792 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 4793 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 4794 4795 /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to 4796 /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way. 4797 /// 4798 /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being 4799 /// provided. 4800 /// 4801 /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source. 4802 /// 4803 /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is 4804 /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of 4805 /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template 4806 /// arguments. 4807 /// 4808 /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is 4809 /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial 4810 /// set of template arguments. 4811 /// 4812 /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template 4813 /// arguments. 4814 /// 4815 /// 4816 /// \param ExpansionIntoFixedList If non-NULL, will be set true to indicate 4817 /// when the template arguments contain a pack expansion that is being 4818 /// expanded into a fixed parameter list. 4819 /// 4820 /// \returns True if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4821 bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template, 4822 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4823 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs, 4824 bool PartialTemplateArgs, 4825 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 4826 bool *ExpansionIntoFixedList = 0); 4827 4828 bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 4829 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 4830 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 4831 4832 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 4833 TypeSourceInfo *Arg); 4834 ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 4835 QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg, 4836 TemplateArgument &Converted, 4837 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 4838 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 4839 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg); 4840 4841 ExprResult 4842 BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 4843 QualType ParamType, 4844 SourceLocation Loc); 4845 ExprResult 4846 BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 4847 SourceLocation Loc); 4848 4849 /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared 4850 /// for equality. 4851 enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind { 4852 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates 4853 /// that might be redeclarations. 4854 /// 4855 /// \code 4856 /// template<typename T> struct X; 4857 /// template<typename T> struct X; 4858 /// \endcode 4859 TPL_TemplateMatch, 4860 4861 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template 4862 /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists 4863 /// of two templates that might be redeclarations. 4864 /// 4865 /// \code 4866 /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X; 4867 /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X; 4868 /// \endcode 4869 TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch, 4870 4871 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template 4872 /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template 4873 /// template parameter. 4874 /// 4875 /// \code 4876 /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X; 4877 /// template<int Value> struct integer_c; 4878 /// X<integer_c> xic; 4879 /// \endcode 4880 TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch 4881 }; 4882 4883 bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New, 4884 TemplateParameterList *Old, 4885 bool Complain, 4886 TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind, 4887 SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc 4888 = SourceLocation()); 4889 4890 bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams); 4891 4892 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 4893 /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type". 4894 /// 4895 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 4896 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 4897 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 4898 /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example). 4899 /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier. 4900 TypeResult 4901 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 4902 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II, 4903 SourceLocation IdLoc); 4904 4905 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 4906 /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g., 4907 /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>". 4908 /// 4909 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 4910 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 4911 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 4912 /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 4913 /// \param TemplateName The template name. 4914 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 4915 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 4916 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 4917 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 4918 TypeResult 4919 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 4920 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4921 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4922 TemplateTy TemplateName, 4923 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4924 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4925 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4926 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4927 4928 QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 4929 SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 4930 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 4931 const IdentifierInfo &II, 4932 SourceLocation IILoc); 4933 4934 TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T, 4935 SourceLocation Loc, 4936 DeclarationName Name); 4937 bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4938 4939 ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E); 4940 bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation( 4941 TemplateParameterList *Params); 4942 4943 std::string 4944 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 4945 const TemplateArgumentList &Args); 4946 4947 std::string 4948 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 4949 const TemplateArgument *Args, 4950 unsigned NumArgs); 4951 4952 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4953 // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic]) 4954 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4955 4956 /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is 4957 /// being diagnosed. 4958 /// 4959 /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first 4960 /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic. 4961 enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext { 4962 /// \brief An arbitrary expression. 4963 UPPC_Expression = 0, 4964 4965 /// \brief The base type of a class type. 4966 UPPC_BaseType, 4967 4968 /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration. 4969 UPPC_DeclarationType, 4970 4971 /// \brief The type of a data member. 4972 UPPC_DataMemberType, 4973 4974 /// \brief The size of a bit-field. 4975 UPPC_BitFieldWidth, 4976 4977 /// \brief The expression in a static assertion. 4978 UPPC_StaticAssertExpression, 4979 4980 /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration. 4981 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType, 4982 4983 /// \brief The enumerator value. 4984 UPPC_EnumeratorValue, 4985 4986 /// \brief A using declaration. 4987 UPPC_UsingDeclaration, 4988 4989 /// \brief A friend declaration. 4990 UPPC_FriendDeclaration, 4991 4992 /// \brief A declaration qualifier. 4993 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier, 4994 4995 /// \brief An initializer. 4996 UPPC_Initializer, 4997 4998 /// \brief A default argument. 4999 UPPC_DefaultArgument, 5000 5001 /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter. 5002 UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType, 5003 5004 /// \brief The type of an exception. 5005 UPPC_ExceptionType, 5006 5007 /// \brief Partial specialization. 5008 UPPC_PartialSpecialization, 5009 5010 /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists. 5011 UPPC_IfExists, 5012 5013 /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists. 5014 UPPC_IfNotExists, 5015 5016 /// \brief Lambda expression. 5017 UPPC_Lambda, 5018 5019 /// \brief Block expression, 5020 UPPC_Block 5021}; 5022 5023 /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs. 5024 /// 5025 /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic. 5026 /// 5027 /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded 5028 /// parameter packs. 5029 /// 5030 /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs. 5031 /// 5032 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5033 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc, 5034 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC, 5035 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded); 5036 5037 /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5038 /// diagnose the error. 5039 /// 5040 /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted. 5041 /// 5042 /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter 5043 /// packs. 5044 /// 5045 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5046 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T, 5047 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5048 5049 /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter 5050 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5051 /// 5052 /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded 5053 /// parameter packs. 5054 /// 5055 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5056 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E, 5057 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression); 5058 5059 /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded 5060 /// parameter pack, diagnose the error. 5061 /// 5062 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for 5063 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5064 /// 5065 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5066 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5067 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5068 5069 /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5070 /// diagnose the error. 5071 /// 5072 /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that 5073 /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs. 5074 /// 5075 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5076 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5077 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5078 5079 /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5080 /// diagnose the error. 5081 /// 5082 /// \param Loc The location of the template name. 5083 /// 5084 /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded 5085 /// parameter packs. 5086 /// 5087 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5088 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, 5089 TemplateName Template, 5090 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5091 5092 /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter 5093 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5094 /// 5095 /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded 5096 /// parameter packs. 5097 /// 5098 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5099 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5100 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5101 5102 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5103 /// template argument. 5104 /// 5105 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5106 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5107 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg, 5108 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5109 5110 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5111 /// template argument. 5112 /// 5113 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5114 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5115 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5116 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5117 5118 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5119 /// type. 5120 /// 5121 /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find 5122 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5123 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T, 5124 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5125 5126 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5127 /// type. 5128 /// 5129 /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find 5130 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5131 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL, 5132 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5133 5134 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5135 /// nested-name-specifier. 5136 /// 5137 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find 5138 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5139 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5140 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5141 5142 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5143 /// name. 5144 /// 5145 /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find 5146 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5147 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5148 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5149 5150 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an 5151 /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion. 5152 /// 5153 /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which 5154 /// may already be invalid. 5155 /// 5156 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5157 ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg, 5158 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5159 5160 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which 5161 /// creates a pack expansion. 5162 /// 5163 /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5164 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5165 /// 5166 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5167 TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5168 5169 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5170 /// expansion. 5171 TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern, 5172 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5173 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5174 5175 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5176 /// expansion. 5177 QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern, 5178 SourceRange PatternRange, 5179 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5180 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5181 5182 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5183 /// creates a pack expansion. 5184 /// 5185 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5186 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5187 /// 5188 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5189 ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5190 5191 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5192 /// creates a pack expansion. 5193 /// 5194 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5195 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5196 /// 5197 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5198 ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5199 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5200 5201 /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the 5202 /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly 5203 /// transforming the pattern. 5204 /// 5205 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the 5206 /// pack expansion. 5207 /// 5208 /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of 5209 /// the pack expansion. 5210 /// 5211 /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the 5212 /// pattern. 5213 /// 5214 /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should 5215 /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When 5216 /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set. 5217 /// 5218 /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded 5219 /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used 5220 /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per 5221 /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9. 5222 /// 5223 /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in 5224 /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an 5225 /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the 5226 /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution) 5227 /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known. 5228 /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may 5229 /// set this value in other cases. 5230 /// 5231 /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs 5232 /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false 5233 /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions) 5234 /// must be set. 5235 bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5236 SourceRange PatternRange, 5237 llvm::ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded, 5238 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5239 bool &ShouldExpand, 5240 bool &RetainExpansion, 5241 llvm::Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions); 5242 5243 /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion 5244 /// type. 5245 /// 5246 /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is 5247 /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern. 5248 /// 5249 /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded. 5250 llvm::Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T, 5251 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5252 5253 /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded 5254 /// parameter packs. 5255 /// 5256 /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators 5257 /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g., 5258 /// 5259 /// \code 5260 /// void f(T...); 5261 /// \endcode 5262 /// 5263 /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or 5264 /// a variadic function. 5265 /// 5266 /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs, 5267 /// false otherwise. 5268 bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D); 5269 5270 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5271 // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct]) 5272 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5273 5274 /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction. 5275 /// 5276 /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of 5277 /// template argument deduction, as returned from 5278 /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo 5279 /// structure provides additional information about the results of 5280 /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument 5281 /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or 5282 /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure. 5283 enum TemplateDeductionResult { 5284 /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful. 5285 TDK_Success = 0, 5286 /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template 5287 /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed). 5288 TDK_InstantiationDepth, 5289 /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value 5290 /// for every template parameter. 5291 TDK_Incomplete, 5292 /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent 5293 /// deduced values for the given template parameter. 5294 TDK_Inconsistent, 5295 /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent 5296 /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would 5297 /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T" 5298 /// but were given a non-const "X". 5299 TDK_Underqualified, 5300 /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values 5301 /// resulted in an error. 5302 TDK_SubstitutionFailure, 5303 /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values 5304 /// into a non-deduced context produced a type or value that 5305 /// produces a type that does not match the original template 5306 /// arguments provided. 5307 TDK_NonDeducedMismatch, 5308 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5309 /// template, there were too many call arguments. 5310 TDK_TooManyArguments, 5311 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5312 /// template, there were too few call arguments. 5313 TDK_TooFewArguments, 5314 /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid 5315 /// template arguments for the given template. 5316 TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments, 5317 /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could 5318 /// not be resolved to a suitable function. 5319 TDK_FailedOverloadResolution 5320 }; 5321 5322 TemplateDeductionResult 5323 DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial, 5324 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5325 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5326 5327 TemplateDeductionResult 5328 SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5329 TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5330 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5331 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 5332 QualType *FunctionType, 5333 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5334 5335 /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument 5336 // deduction for a call. 5337 struct OriginalCallArg { 5338 OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType, 5339 unsigned ArgIdx, 5340 QualType OriginalArgType) 5341 : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx), 5342 OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { } 5343 5344 QualType OriginalParamType; 5345 unsigned ArgIdx; 5346 QualType OriginalArgType; 5347 }; 5348 5349 TemplateDeductionResult 5350 FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5351 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5352 unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified, 5353 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5354 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 5355 SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = 0); 5356 5357 TemplateDeductionResult 5358 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5359 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5360 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 5361 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5362 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5363 5364 TemplateDeductionResult 5365 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5366 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5367 QualType ArgFunctionType, 5368 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5369 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5370 5371 TemplateDeductionResult 5372 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5373 QualType ToType, 5374 CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization, 5375 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5376 5377 TemplateDeductionResult 5378 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5379 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5380 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5381 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5382 5383 /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType. 5384 enum DeduceAutoResult { 5385 DAR_Succeeded, 5386 DAR_Failed, 5387 DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed 5388 }; 5389 5390 DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer, 5391 TypeSourceInfo *&Result); 5392 void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init); 5393 5394 FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1, 5395 FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2, 5396 SourceLocation Loc, 5397 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5398 unsigned NumCallArguments); 5399 UnresolvedSetIterator getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, 5400 UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd, 5401 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5402 unsigned NumCallArguments, 5403 SourceLocation Loc, 5404 const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag, 5405 const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag, 5406 const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag, 5407 bool Complain = true, 5408 QualType TargetType = QualType()); 5409 5410 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl * 5411 getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization( 5412 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1, 5413 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, 5414 SourceLocation Loc); 5415 5416 void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5417 bool OnlyDeduced, 5418 unsigned Depth, 5419 llvm::SmallBitVector &Used); 5420 void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5421 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) { 5422 return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced); 5423 } 5424 static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx, 5425 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5426 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced); 5427 5428 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5429 // C++ Template Instantiation 5430 // 5431 5432 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D, 5433 const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = 0, 5434 bool RelativeToPrimary = false, 5435 const FunctionDecl *Pattern = 0); 5436 5437 /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress. 5438 struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation { 5439 /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing 5440 enum InstantiationKind { 5441 /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is 5442 /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl). 5443 TemplateInstantiation, 5444 5445 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template 5446 /// parameter. The Entity is the template, and 5447 /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provides the template 5448 /// arguments as specified. 5449 /// FIXME: Use a TemplateArgumentList 5450 DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation, 5451 5452 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function. 5453 /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs 5454 /// provides the template arguments as specified. 5455 DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation, 5456 5457 /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for 5458 /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5459 ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5460 5461 /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of 5462 /// template argument deduction for either a class template 5463 /// partial specialization or a function template. The 5464 /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or 5465 /// a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5466 DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5467 5468 /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new 5469 /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a 5470 /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl. 5471 PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5472 5473 /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that 5474 /// has been used when naming a template-id. 5475 DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking, 5476 5477 /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function 5478 /// template which was deferred until it was needed. 5479 ExceptionSpecInstantiation 5480 } Kind; 5481 5482 /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code. 5483 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation; 5484 5485 /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are 5486 /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template 5487 /// arguments. 5488 NamedDecl *Template; 5489 5490 /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated. 5491 uintptr_t Entity; 5492 5493 /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they 5494 /// are not part of the entity. 5495 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs; 5496 5497 /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs. 5498 unsigned NumTemplateArgs; 5499 5500 /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the 5501 /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments. 5502 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo; 5503 5504 /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause 5505 /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class 5506 /// template instantiation. 5507 SourceRange InstantiationRange; 5508 5509 ActiveTemplateInstantiation() 5510 : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(0), Entity(0), TemplateArgs(0), 5511 NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(0) {} 5512 5513 /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation 5514 /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth. 5515 bool isInstantiationRecord() const; 5516 5517 friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5518 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5519 if (X.Kind != Y.Kind) 5520 return false; 5521 5522 if (X.Entity != Y.Entity) 5523 return false; 5524 5525 switch (X.Kind) { 5526 case TemplateInstantiation: 5527 case ExceptionSpecInstantiation: 5528 return true; 5529 5530 case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5531 case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking: 5532 if (X.Template != Y.Template) 5533 return false; 5534 5535 // Fall through 5536 5537 case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation: 5538 case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5539 case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5540 case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation: 5541 return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs; 5542 5543 } 5544 5545 llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!"); 5546 } 5547 5548 friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5549 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5550 return !(X == Y); 5551 } 5552 }; 5553 5554 /// \brief List of active template instantiations. 5555 /// 5556 /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation 5557 /// requires another template instantiation, additional 5558 /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a 5559 /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth. 5560 SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16> 5561 ActiveTemplateInstantiations; 5562 5563 /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with 5564 /// template instantiation. 5565 /// 5566 /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside 5567 /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction. 5568 bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5569 5570 /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in 5571 /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and, 5572 /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth. 5573 unsigned NonInstantiationEntries; 5574 5575 /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation 5576 /// error or warning was produced. 5577 /// 5578 /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template 5579 /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the 5580 /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough 5581 /// to implement it anywhere else. 5582 ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext; 5583 5584 /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be 5585 /// used for substitution of parameter packs. 5586 /// 5587 /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs 5588 /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies 5589 /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution. 5590 int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex; 5591 5592 /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index 5593 /// within a \c Sema object. 5594 /// 5595 /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information. 5596 class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII { 5597 Sema &Self; 5598 int OldSubstitutionIndex; 5599 5600 public: 5601 ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex) 5602 : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) { 5603 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex; 5604 } 5605 5606 ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() { 5607 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex; 5608 } 5609 }; 5610 5611 friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII; 5612 5613 /// \brief The stack of calls expression undergoing template instantiation. 5614 /// 5615 /// The top of this stack is used by a fixit instantiating unresolved 5616 /// function calls to fix the AST to match the textual change it prints. 5617 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> CallsUndergoingInstantiation; 5618 5619 /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the 5620 /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument 5621 /// deduction. 5622 /// 5623 /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file. 5624 llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> > 5625 SuppressedDiagnostics; 5626 5627 /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template 5628 /// instantiation. 5629 /// 5630 /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate 5631 /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active 5632 /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum 5633 /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction 5634 /// produces an error and evaluates true. 5635 /// 5636 /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off 5637 /// the stack. 5638 struct InstantiatingTemplate { 5639 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template, 5640 /// function template, or a member thereof. 5641 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5642 Decl *Entity, 5643 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5644 5645 struct ExceptionSpecification {}; 5646 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification 5647 /// of a function template. 5648 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5649 FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification, 5650 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5651 5652 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 5653 /// template-id. 5654 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5655 TemplateDecl *Template, 5656 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5657 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5658 5659 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 5660 /// template-id. 5661 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5662 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5663 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5664 ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind, 5665 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 5666 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5667 5668 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template 5669 /// argument deduction for a class template partial 5670 /// specialization. 5671 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5672 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec, 5673 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5674 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 5675 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5676 5677 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5678 ParmVarDecl *Param, 5679 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5680 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5681 5682 /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a 5683 /// non-type or template template parameter. 5684 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5685 NamedDecl *Template, 5686 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5687 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5688 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5689 5690 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5691 NamedDecl *Template, 5692 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5693 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5694 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5695 5696 /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument 5697 /// against the template parameter for a given template-id. 5698 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5699 TemplateDecl *Template, 5700 NamedDecl *Param, 5701 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5702 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5703 5704 5705 /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template. 5706 void Clear(); 5707 5708 ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); } 5709 5710 /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum 5711 /// recursive template instantiations. 5712 operator bool() const { return Invalid; } 5713 5714 private: 5715 Sema &SemaRef; 5716 bool Invalid; 5717 bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5718 bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5719 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5720 5721 InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&); // not implemented 5722 5723 InstantiatingTemplate& 5724 operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&); // not implemented 5725 }; 5726 5727 void PrintInstantiationStack(); 5728 5729 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where 5730 /// template argument substitution failures are not considered 5731 /// errors. 5732 /// 5733 /// \returns An empty \c llvm::Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context. 5734 /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest 5735 /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture 5736 /// diagnostics that will be suppressed. 5737 llvm::Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const; 5738 5739 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context that 5740 /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5. 5741 bool isUnevaluatedContext() const { 5742 assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() && 5743 "Must be in an expression evaluation context"); 5744 return ExprEvalContexts.back().Context == Sema::Unevaluated; 5745 } 5746 5747 /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has 5748 /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument 5749 /// deduction.` 5750 class SFINAETrap { 5751 Sema &SemaRef; 5752 unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors; 5753 bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5754 bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 5755 5756 public: 5757 explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false) 5758 : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors), 5759 PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext( 5760 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext), 5761 PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE) 5762 { 5763 if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext()) 5764 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true; 5765 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE; 5766 } 5767 5768 ~SFINAETrap() { 5769 SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors; 5770 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext 5771 = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5772 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 5773 } 5774 5775 /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped. 5776 bool hasErrorOccurred() const { 5777 return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors; 5778 } 5779 }; 5780 5781 /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local 5782 /// variables. 5783 LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope; 5784 5785 /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo. 5786 unsigned TyposCorrected; 5787 5788 typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, TypoCorrection> 5789 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap; 5790 5791 /// \brief A cache containing the results of typo correction for unqualified 5792 /// name lookup. 5793 /// 5794 /// The string is the string that we corrected to (which may be empty, if 5795 /// there was no correction), while the boolean will be true when the 5796 /// string represents a keyword. 5797 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap UnqualifiedTyposCorrected; 5798 5799 /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings. 5800 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings; 5801 5802 /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required. 5803 /// 5804 /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in 5805 /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily 5806 /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the 5807 /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation), 5808 /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to, 5809 /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation. 5810 typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation; 5811 5812 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 5813 /// but have not yet been performed. 5814 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations; 5815 5816 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 5817 /// and must be performed within the current local scope. 5818 /// 5819 /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in 5820 /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their 5821 /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local 5822 /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc. 5823 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations; 5824 5825 void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false); 5826 5827 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5828 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5829 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 5830 5831 QualType SubstType(QualType T, 5832 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5833 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 5834 5835 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL, 5836 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5837 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 5838 5839 TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5840 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5841 SourceLocation Loc, 5842 DeclarationName Entity, 5843 CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext, 5844 unsigned ThisTypeQuals); 5845 ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D, 5846 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5847 int indexAdjustment, 5848 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions, 5849 bool ExpectParameterPack); 5850 bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc, 5851 ParmVarDecl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 5852 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5853 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 5854 SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams = 0); 5855 ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E, 5856 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5857 5858 /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of 5859 /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required. 5860 /// 5861 /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into. 5862 /// 5863 /// \param NumExprs The number of expressions in \p Exprs. 5864 /// 5865 /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case 5866 /// default arguments will be dropped. 5867 /// 5868 /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute. 5869 /// 5870 /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments. 5871 /// 5872 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5873 bool SubstExprs(Expr **Exprs, unsigned NumExprs, bool IsCall, 5874 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5875 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs); 5876 5877 StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S, 5878 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5879 5880 Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner, 5881 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5882 5883 ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E, 5884 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5885 bool CXXDirectInit); 5886 5887 bool 5888 SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 5889 CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 5890 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5891 5892 bool 5893 InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5894 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 5895 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5896 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 5897 bool Complain = true); 5898 5899 bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5900 EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern, 5901 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5902 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 5903 5904 struct LateInstantiatedAttribute { 5905 const Attr *TmplAttr; 5906 LocalInstantiationScope *Scope; 5907 Decl *NewDecl; 5908 5909 LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S, 5910 Decl *D) 5911 : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D) 5912 { } 5913 }; 5914 typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec; 5915 5916 void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5917 const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst, 5918 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0, 5919 LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = 0); 5920 5921 bool 5922 InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5923 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 5924 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 5925 bool Complain = true); 5926 5927 void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5928 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 5929 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5930 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 5931 5932 void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers( 5933 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5934 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 5935 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 5936 5937 NestedNameSpecifierLoc 5938 SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, 5939 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5940 5941 DeclarationNameInfo 5942 SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5943 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5944 TemplateName 5945 SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name, 5946 SourceLocation Loc, 5947 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5948 bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs, 5949 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result, 5950 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5951 5952 void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5953 FunctionDecl *Function); 5954 void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5955 FunctionDecl *Function, 5956 bool Recursive = false, 5957 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 5958 void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition( 5959 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5960 VarDecl *Var, 5961 bool Recursive = false, 5962 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 5963 5964 void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New, 5965 const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl, 5966 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5967 5968 NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D, 5969 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5970 DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC, 5971 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5972 5973 // Objective-C declarations. 5974 enum ObjCContainerKind { 5975 OCK_None = -1, 5976 OCK_Interface = 0, 5977 OCK_Protocol, 5978 OCK_Category, 5979 OCK_ClassExtension, 5980 OCK_Implementation, 5981 OCK_CategoryImplementation 5982 }; 5983 ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const; 5984 5985 Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 5986 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 5987 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 5988 IdentifierInfo *SuperName, 5989 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 5990 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 5991 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 5992 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 5993 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 5994 AttributeList *AttrList); 5995 5996 Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias( 5997 SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc, 5998 IdentifierInfo *AliasName, SourceLocation AliasLocation, 5999 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation); 6000 6001 bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency( 6002 IdentifierInfo *PName, 6003 SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc, 6004 const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList); 6005 6006 Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface( 6007 SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc, 6008 IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc, 6009 Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6010 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6011 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 6012 AttributeList *AttrList); 6013 6014 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 6015 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6016 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6017 IdentifierInfo *CategoryName, 6018 SourceLocation CategoryLoc, 6019 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 6020 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6021 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6022 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc); 6023 6024 Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation( 6025 SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc, 6026 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6027 IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname, 6028 SourceLocation SuperClassLoc); 6029 6030 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc, 6031 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6032 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6033 IdentifierInfo *CatName, 6034 SourceLocation CatLoc); 6035 6036 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 6037 ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls); 6038 6039 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc, 6040 IdentifierInfo **IdentList, 6041 SourceLocation *IdentLocs, 6042 unsigned NumElts); 6043 6044 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc, 6045 const IdentifierLocPair *IdentList, 6046 unsigned NumElts, 6047 AttributeList *attrList); 6048 6049 void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations, 6050 const IdentifierLocPair *ProtocolId, 6051 unsigned NumProtocols, 6052 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols); 6053 6054 /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type. 6055 /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will 6056 /// be modified to be consistent with \arg PropertyTy. 6057 void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy, 6058 SourceLocation Loc, 6059 unsigned &Attributes, 6060 bool propertyInPrimaryClass); 6061 6062 /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the 6063 /// setters and getters as needed. 6064 /// \param property The property declaration being processed 6065 /// \param CD The semantic container for the property 6066 /// \param redeclaredProperty Declaration for property if redeclared 6067 /// in class extension. 6068 /// \param lexicalDC Container for redeclaredProperty. 6069 void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property, 6070 ObjCContainerDecl *CD, 6071 ObjCPropertyDecl *redeclaredProperty = 0, 6072 ObjCContainerDecl *lexicalDC = 0); 6073 6074 6075 void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property, 6076 ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty, 6077 const IdentifierInfo *Name); 6078 void ComparePropertiesInBaseAndSuper(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 6079 6080 6081 void CompareProperties(Decl *CDecl, Decl *MergeProtocols); 6082 6083 void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT, 6084 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID); 6085 6086 void MatchOneProtocolPropertiesInClass(Decl *CDecl, 6087 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl); 6088 6089 Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd, 6090 Decl **allMethods = 0, unsigned allNum = 0, 6091 Decl **allProperties = 0, unsigned pNum = 0, 6092 DeclGroupPtrTy *allTUVars = 0, unsigned tuvNum = 0); 6093 6094 Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc, 6095 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6096 FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS, 6097 Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel, 6098 bool *OverridingProperty, 6099 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6100 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 6101 6102 Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S, 6103 SourceLocation AtLoc, 6104 SourceLocation PropertyLoc, 6105 bool ImplKind, 6106 IdentifierInfo *PropertyId, 6107 IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar, 6108 SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc); 6109 6110 enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind { 6111 OSMK_None, 6112 OSMK_Alloc, 6113 OSMK_New, 6114 OSMK_Copy, 6115 OSMK_RetainingInit, 6116 OSMK_NonRetainingInit 6117 }; 6118 6119 struct ObjCArgInfo { 6120 IdentifierInfo *Name; 6121 SourceLocation NameLoc; 6122 // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid 6123 // in this case. 6124 ParsedType Type; 6125 ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec; 6126 6127 /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument. 6128 AttributeList *ArgAttrs; 6129 }; 6130 6131 Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration( 6132 Scope *S, 6133 SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -. 6134 SourceLocation EndLoc, // location of the ; or {. 6135 tok::TokenKind MethodType, 6136 ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType, 6137 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel, 6138 // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained 6139 // from the Sel.getNumArgs(). 6140 ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo, 6141 DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args 6142 AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6143 bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition); 6144 6145 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel, 6146 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6147 bool IsInstance); 6148 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty, 6149 bool IsInstance); 6150 6151 bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl); 6152 6153 ExprResult 6154 HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6155 Expr *BaseExpr, 6156 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6157 DeclarationName MemberName, 6158 SourceLocation MemberLoc, 6159 SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType, 6160 bool Super); 6161 6162 ExprResult 6163 ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName, 6164 IdentifierInfo &propertyName, 6165 SourceLocation receiverNameLoc, 6166 SourceLocation propertyNameLoc); 6167 6168 ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc); 6169 6170 /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message 6171 /// send that starts with an identifier. 6172 enum ObjCMessageKind { 6173 /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'. 6174 ObjCSuperMessage, 6175 /// \brief The message is an instance message. 6176 ObjCInstanceMessage, 6177 /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type 6178 /// name. 6179 ObjCClassMessage 6180 }; 6181 6182 ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S, 6183 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6184 SourceLocation NameLoc, 6185 bool IsSuper, 6186 bool HasTrailingDot, 6187 ParsedType &ReceiverType); 6188 6189 ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6190 Selector Sel, 6191 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6192 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6193 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6194 MultiExprArg Args); 6195 6196 ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo, 6197 QualType ReceiverType, 6198 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6199 Selector Sel, 6200 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6201 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6202 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6203 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6204 MultiExprArg Args, 6205 bool isImplicit = false); 6206 6207 ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType, 6208 bool isSuperReceiver, 6209 SourceLocation Loc, 6210 Selector Sel, 6211 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6212 MultiExprArg Args); 6213 6214 ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S, 6215 ParsedType Receiver, 6216 Selector Sel, 6217 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6218 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6219 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6220 MultiExprArg Args); 6221 6222 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver, 6223 QualType ReceiverType, 6224 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6225 Selector Sel, 6226 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6227 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6228 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6229 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6230 MultiExprArg Args, 6231 bool isImplicit = false); 6232 6233 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver, 6234 QualType ReceiverType, 6235 SourceLocation Loc, 6236 Selector Sel, 6237 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6238 MultiExprArg Args); 6239 6240 ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S, 6241 Expr *Receiver, 6242 Selector Sel, 6243 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6244 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6245 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6246 MultiExprArg Args); 6247 6248 ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6249 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6250 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6251 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 6252 Expr *SubExpr); 6253 6254 ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S, 6255 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6256 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6257 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6258 ParsedType Type, 6259 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 6260 Expr *SubExpr); 6261 6262 bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall); 6263 6264 /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the 6265 /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited. 6266 void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod, 6267 const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden, 6268 bool IsImplementation); 6269 6270 /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method. 6271 enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind { 6272 RTC_Compatible, 6273 RTC_Incompatible, 6274 RTC_Unknown 6275 }; 6276 6277 void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod, 6278 ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass, 6279 ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC); 6280 6281 enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind { 6282 POAK_Native, // #pragma options align=native 6283 POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural 6284 POAK_Packed, // #pragma options align=packed 6285 POAK_Power, // #pragma options align=power 6286 POAK_Mac68k, // #pragma options align=mac68k 6287 POAK_Reset // #pragma options align=reset 6288 }; 6289 6290 /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align. 6291 void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind, 6292 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6293 SourceLocation KindLoc); 6294 6295 enum PragmaPackKind { 6296 PPK_Default, // #pragma pack([n]) 6297 PPK_Show, // #pragma pack(show), only supported by MSVC. 6298 PPK_Push, // #pragma pack(push, [identifier], [n]) 6299 PPK_Pop // #pragma pack(pop, [identifier], [n]) 6300 }; 6301 6302 enum PragmaMSStructKind { 6303 PMSST_OFF, // #pragms ms_struct off 6304 PMSST_ON // #pragms ms_struct on 6305 }; 6306 6307 /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...). 6308 void ActOnPragmaPack(PragmaPackKind Kind, 6309 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6310 Expr *Alignment, 6311 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6312 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6313 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 6314 6315 /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off]. 6316 void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind); 6317 6318 /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'. 6319 void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier, 6320 Scope *curScope, 6321 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6322 6323 /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... . 6324 void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType, 6325 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6326 6327 NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II, 6328 SourceLocation Loc); 6329 void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W); 6330 6331 /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident. 6332 void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6333 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6334 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc); 6335 6336 /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed 6337 /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname. 6338 void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6339 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6340 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6341 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6342 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6343 6344 /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident. 6345 void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6346 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6347 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6348 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6349 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6350 6351 /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed 6352 /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT 6353 void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS); 6354 6355 /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to 6356 /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'. 6357 void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6358 6359 /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record. 6360 void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6361 6362 /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext. 6363 void FreePackedContext(); 6364 6365 /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a 6366 /// namespace with a visibility attribute. 6367 void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr, 6368 SourceLocation Loc); 6369 6370 /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used, 6371 /// add an appropriate visibility attribute. 6372 void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD); 6373 6374 /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used 6375 /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces. 6376 void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc); 6377 6378 /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext. 6379 void FreeVisContext(); 6380 6381 /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within 6382 /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding 6383 /// the appropriate attribute. 6384 void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D); 6385 6386 /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration. 6387 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E, 6388 bool isDeclSpec); 6389 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T, 6390 bool isDeclSpec); 6391 6392 /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed. 6393 enum CheckedConversionKind { 6394 /// \brief An implicit conversion. 6395 CCK_ImplicitConversion, 6396 /// \brief A C-style cast. 6397 CCK_CStyleCast, 6398 /// \brief A functional-style cast. 6399 CCK_FunctionalCast, 6400 /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast. 6401 CCK_OtherCast 6402 }; 6403 6404 /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit 6405 /// cast. If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one. 6406 /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue. 6407 ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK, 6408 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue, 6409 const CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 6410 CheckedConversionKind CCK 6411 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 6412 6413 /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding 6414 /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type. 6415 static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy); 6416 6417 /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is 6418 /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are 6419 /// required. 6420 ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E); 6421 6422 // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts 6423 // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6424 ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E); 6425 6426 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays 6427 // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6428 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E); 6429 6430 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and 6431 // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the 6432 // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion. 6433 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6434 6435 // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on 6436 // the operand. This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, 6437 // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array 6438 // type. 6439 ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6440 6441 // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that 6442 // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each 6443 // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double. 6444 ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E); 6445 6446 // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion 6447 enum VariadicCallType { 6448 VariadicFunction, 6449 VariadicBlock, 6450 VariadicMethod, 6451 VariadicConstructor, 6452 VariadicDoesNotApply 6453 }; 6454 6455 VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 6456 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 6457 Expr *Fn); 6458 6459 // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a 6460 // vararg function. 6461 enum VarArgKind { 6462 VAK_Valid, 6463 VAK_ValidInCXX11, 6464 VAK_Invalid 6465 }; 6466 6467 // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression. 6468 VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty); 6469 6470 /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various 6471 /// form of call prototypes. 6472 bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, 6473 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 6474 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 6475 unsigned FirstProtoArg, 6476 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 6477 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs, 6478 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply, 6479 bool AllowExplicit = false); 6480 6481 // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but 6482 // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type. 6483 ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT, 6484 FunctionDecl *FDecl); 6485 6486 /// Checks to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic 6487 /// function, issuing a diagnostic and returning NULL if not. 6488 bool variadicArgumentPODCheck(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT); 6489 6490 // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's 6491 // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary 6492 // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this 6493 // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is 6494 // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics. 6495 QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6496 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6497 6498 /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this 6499 /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed. These checks are 6500 /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from 6501 /// function, argument passing, etc. The query is phrased in terms of a 6502 /// source and destination type. 6503 enum AssignConvertType { 6504 /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard. 6505 Compatible, 6506 6507 /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we 6508 /// accept as an extension. 6509 PointerToInt, 6510 6511 /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we 6512 /// accept as an extension. 6513 IntToPointer, 6514 6515 /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and 6516 /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension. 6517 FunctionVoidPointer, 6518 6519 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that 6520 /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension. 6521 IncompatiblePointer, 6522 6523 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types which 6524 /// point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise 6525 /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by 6526 /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers. 6527 IncompatiblePointerSign, 6528 6529 /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards 6530 /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension. 6531 CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 6532 6533 /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment 6534 /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded, 6535 /// like address spaces. 6536 IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 6537 6538 /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two 6539 /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two 6540 /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an 6541 /// extension. 6542 IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers, 6543 6544 /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that 6545 /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension. 6546 IncompatibleVectors, 6547 6548 /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block 6549 /// pointer. We disallow this. 6550 IntToBlockPointer, 6551 6552 /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block 6553 /// pointers types that are not compatible. 6554 IncompatibleBlockPointer, 6555 6556 /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified 6557 /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example, 6558 /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol. 6559 IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId, 6560 6561 /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an 6562 /// object with __weak qualifier. 6563 IncompatibleObjCWeakRef, 6564 6565 /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to 6566 /// represent it in the AST. 6567 Incompatible 6568 }; 6569 6570 /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the 6571 /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy. This returns true if the 6572 /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted. 6573 bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy, 6574 SourceLocation Loc, 6575 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 6576 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action, 6577 bool *Complained = 0); 6578 6579 /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant 6580 /// integer not in the range of enum values. 6581 void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 6582 Expr *SrcExpr); 6583 6584 /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment, 6585 /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values. 6586 /// C99 6.5.16. 6587 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc, 6588 QualType LHSType, 6589 QualType RHSType); 6590 6591 /// Check assignment constraints and prepare for a conversion of the 6592 /// RHS to the LHS type. 6593 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 6594 ExprResult &RHS, 6595 CastKind &Kind); 6596 6597 // CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints - Currently used by 6598 // CheckAssignmentOperands, and ActOnReturnStmt. Prior to type checking, 6599 // this routine performs the default function/array converions. 6600 AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 6601 ExprResult &RHS, 6602 bool Diagnose = true); 6603 6604 // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we 6605 // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression. 6606 AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, 6607 ExprResult &RHS); 6608 6609 bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 6610 6611 bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 6612 6613 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6614 AssignmentAction Action, 6615 bool AllowExplicit = false); 6616 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6617 AssignmentAction Action, 6618 bool AllowExplicit, 6619 ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS); 6620 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6621 const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS, 6622 AssignmentAction Action, 6623 CheckedConversionKind CCK 6624 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 6625 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6626 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS, 6627 AssignmentAction Action, 6628 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 6629 6630 /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType 6631 /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued). 6632 6633 /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp). 6634 QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS, 6635 ExprResult &RHS); 6636 QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5 6637 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK, 6638 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect); 6639 QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5 6640 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign, 6641 bool IsDivide); 6642 QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5 6643 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6644 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6645 QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 6646 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 6647 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 6648 QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 6649 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6650 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 6651 QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7 6652 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 6653 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6654 QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9 6655 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc, 6656 bool isRelational); 6657 QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12] 6658 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6659 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6660 QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14] 6661 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc); 6662 // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment. 6663 // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type. 6664 // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type. 6665 QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2] 6666 Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType); 6667 6668 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 6669 UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op); 6670 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 6671 BinaryOperatorKind Opcode, 6672 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 6673 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E); 6674 Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E); 6675 6676 QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15 6677 ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6678 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6679 QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16 6680 ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs, 6681 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc); 6682 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2, 6683 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0); 6684 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, 6685 ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2, 6686 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0) { 6687 Expr *E1Tmp = E1.take(), *E2Tmp = E2.take(); 6688 QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp, 6689 NonStandardCompositeType); 6690 E1 = Owned(E1Tmp); 6691 E2 = Owned(E2Tmp); 6692 return Composite; 6693 } 6694 6695 QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6696 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6697 6698 bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr, 6699 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6700 6701 /// type checking for vector binary operators. 6702 QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6703 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign); 6704 QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V); 6705 QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6706 SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational); 6707 QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6708 SourceLocation Loc); 6709 6710 /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8) 6711 bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t); 6712 6713 // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]). 6714 6715 /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two 6716 /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the 6717 /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4). 6718 enum ReferenceCompareResult { 6719 /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct 6720 /// reference binding is not possible. 6721 Ref_Incompatible = 0, 6722 /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means 6723 /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same 6724 /// or T1 is a base class of T2. 6725 Ref_Related, 6726 /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are 6727 /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that 6728 /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1) 6729 /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2). 6730 Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification, 6731 /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and 6732 /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2). 6733 Ref_Compatible 6734 }; 6735 6736 ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc, 6737 QualType T1, QualType T2, 6738 bool &DerivedToBase, 6739 bool &ObjCConversion, 6740 bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 6741 6742 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType, 6743 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind, 6744 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path); 6745 6746 /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the 6747 /// given type. 6748 ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType); 6749 6750 // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors. 6751 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 6752 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size. 6753 // returns true if the cast is invalid 6754 bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty, 6755 CastKind &Kind); 6756 6757 // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors. 6758 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 6759 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size, 6760 // or vectors and the element type of that vector. 6761 // returns the cast expr 6762 ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr, 6763 CastKind &Kind); 6764 6765 ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6766 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6767 Expr *CastExpr, 6768 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 6769 6770 enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged }; 6771 6772 /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between 6773 /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds. 6774 ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange, 6775 QualType castType, Expr *&op, 6776 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 6777 6778 Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 6779 void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 6780 6781 bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType, 6782 QualType ExprType); 6783 6784 /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send 6785 /// might create an obvious retain cycle. 6786 void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg); 6787 void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument); 6788 6789 /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 6790 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type. 6791 bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS); 6792 6793 /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 6794 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression. 6795 void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 6796 6797 /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send. 6798 /// \param Method - May be null. 6799 /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send. 6800 /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types. 6801 bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType, 6802 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, Selector Sel, 6803 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage, 6804 bool isSuperMessage, 6805 SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac, 6806 QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK); 6807 6808 /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on 6809 /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message, 6810 /// and the form of the message send. 6811 QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType, 6812 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6813 bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage); 6814 6815 /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method 6816 /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened. 6817 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E); 6818 6819 /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of 6820 /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if 6821 /// statement). Also performs the standard function and array 6822 /// decays, possibly changing the input variable. 6823 /// 6824 /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the 6825 /// 'if' keyword. 6826 /// \return true iff there were any errors 6827 ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 6828 6829 ExprResult ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 6830 Expr *SubExpr); 6831 6832 /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is 6833 /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment. 6834 void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E); 6835 6836 /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate 6837 /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition. 6838 void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE); 6839 6840 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid. 6841 ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr); 6842 6843 /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have 6844 /// the specified width and sign. If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit 6845 /// the specified diagnostic. 6846 void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal, 6847 unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign, 6848 SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID); 6849 6850 /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope. 6851 /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared 6852 /// in the global scope. 6853 bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D); 6854 6855 /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant 6856 /// expression violations. 6857 class VerifyICEDiagnoser { 6858 public: 6859 bool Suppress; 6860 6861 VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { } 6862 6863 virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0; 6864 virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR); 6865 virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { } 6866 }; 6867 6868 /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE, 6869 /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success. 6870 /// Can optionally return the value of the expression. 6871 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 6872 VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 6873 bool AllowFold = true); 6874 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 6875 unsigned DiagID, 6876 bool AllowFold = true); 6877 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result=0); 6878 6879 /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has 6880 /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid. 6881 /// Returns false on success. 6882 /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0 6883 ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 6884 QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth, 6885 bool *ZeroWidth = 0); 6886 6887 enum CUDAFunctionTarget { 6888 CFT_Device, 6889 CFT_Global, 6890 CFT_Host, 6891 CFT_HostDevice 6892 }; 6893 6894 CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D); 6895 6896 bool CheckCUDATarget(CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget, 6897 CUDAFunctionTarget CalleeTarget); 6898 6899 bool CheckCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *Caller, const FunctionDecl *Callee) { 6900 return CheckCUDATarget(IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller), 6901 IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee)); 6902 } 6903 6904 /// \name Code completion 6905 //@{ 6906 /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs. 6907 enum ParserCompletionContext { 6908 /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context. 6909 PCC_Namespace, 6910 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union. 6911 PCC_Class, 6912 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol, 6913 /// or category. 6914 PCC_ObjCInterface, 6915 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or 6916 /// category implementation 6917 PCC_ObjCImplementation, 6918 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables 6919 /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation. 6920 PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList, 6921 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 6922 /// headers. 6923 PCC_Template, 6924 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 6925 /// headers within a class. 6926 PCC_MemberTemplate, 6927 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression. 6928 PCC_Expression, 6929 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may 6930 /// also be an expression or a declaration. 6931 PCC_Statement, 6932 /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the 6933 /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop. 6934 PCC_ForInit, 6935 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if, 6936 /// while, switch, or for statement. 6937 PCC_Condition, 6938 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a 6939 /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position 6940 /// in the grammar. 6941 PCC_RecoveryInFunction, 6942 /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted. 6943 PCC_Type, 6944 /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which 6945 /// might also be a type cast. 6946 PCC_ParenthesizedExpression, 6947 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration 6948 /// specifiers within a function, method, or block. 6949 PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers 6950 }; 6951 6952 void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path); 6953 void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S, 6954 ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext); 6955 void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 6956 bool AllowNonIdentifiers, 6957 bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers); 6958 6959 struct CodeCompleteExpressionData; 6960 void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S, 6961 const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data); 6962 void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 6963 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6964 bool IsArrow); 6965 void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS); 6966 void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec); 6967 void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS); 6968 void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S); 6969 void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); 6970 void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D); 6971 void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S); 6972 void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S); 6973 void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS); 6974 6975 void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 6976 bool EnteringContext); 6977 void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S); 6978 void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S); 6979 void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S); 6980 void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S); 6981 void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S); 6982 void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer(Decl *Constructor, 6983 CXXCtorInitializer** Initializers, 6984 unsigned NumInitializers); 6985 void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 6986 bool AfterAmpersand); 6987 6988 void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S); 6989 void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S); 6990 void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S); 6991 void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S); 6992 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS); 6993 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S); 6994 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S); 6995 void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS, 6996 bool IsParameter); 6997 void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S); 6998 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6999 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7000 unsigned NumSelIdents, 7001 bool AtArgumentExpression); 7002 void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver, 7003 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7004 unsigned NumSelIdents, 7005 bool AtArgumentExpression, 7006 bool IsSuper = false); 7007 void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver, 7008 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7009 unsigned NumSelIdents, 7010 bool AtArgumentExpression, 7011 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = 0); 7012 void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S, 7013 DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar); 7014 void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S, 7015 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7016 unsigned NumSelIdents); 7017 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(IdentifierLocPair *Protocols, 7018 unsigned NumProtocols); 7019 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S); 7020 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S); 7021 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S, 7022 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7023 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7024 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S); 7025 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S, 7026 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7027 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7028 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S, 7029 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7030 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7031 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S); 7032 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S, 7033 IdentifierInfo *PropertyName); 7034 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S, 7035 bool IsInstanceMethod, 7036 ParsedType ReturnType); 7037 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S, 7038 bool IsInstanceMethod, 7039 bool AtParameterName, 7040 ParsedType ReturnType, 7041 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7042 unsigned NumSelIdents); 7043 void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional); 7044 void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S); 7045 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition); 7046 void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression(); 7047 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S, 7048 IdentifierInfo *Macro, 7049 MacroInfo *MacroInfo, 7050 unsigned Argument); 7051 void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage(); 7052 void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, 7053 CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, 7054 SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results); 7055 //@} 7056 7057 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7058 // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system 7059 7060public: 7061 SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL, 7062 unsigned ByteNo) const; 7063 7064private: 7065 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr, 7066 const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=0, 7067 bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false); 7068 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E); 7069 // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a 7070 // FunctionDeclaration. 7071 struct FormatStringInfo { 7072 unsigned FormatIdx; 7073 unsigned FirstDataArg; 7074 bool HasVAListArg; 7075 }; 7076 7077 bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember, 7078 FormatStringInfo *FSI); 7079 bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 7080 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7081 bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc, 7082 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs); 7083 bool CheckBlockCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 7084 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7085 void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 7086 Expr **Args, 7087 unsigned NumArgs, 7088 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 7089 SourceLocation Loc); 7090 7091 void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 7092 unsigned NumProtoArgs, bool IsMemberFunction, 7093 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 7094 VariadicCallType CallType); 7095 7096 7097 bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg); 7098 7099 ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7100 bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7101 bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7102 7103 bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall); 7104 bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall); 7105 bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs); 7106 7107public: 7108 // Used by C++ template instantiation. 7109 ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall); 7110 7111private: 7112 bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall); 7113 bool SemaBuiltinObjectSize(CallExpr *TheCall); 7114 bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall); 7115 ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult); 7116 ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult, 7117 AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op); 7118 bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, 7119 llvm::APSInt &Result); 7120 7121 enum FormatStringType { 7122 FST_Scanf, 7123 FST_Printf, 7124 FST_NSString, 7125 FST_Strftime, 7126 FST_Strfmon, 7127 FST_Kprintf, 7128 FST_Unknown 7129 }; 7130 static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format); 7131 7132 enum StringLiteralCheckType { 7133 SLCT_NotALiteral, 7134 SLCT_UncheckedLiteral, 7135 SLCT_CheckedLiteral 7136 }; 7137 7138 StringLiteralCheckType checkFormatStringExpr(const Expr *E, 7139 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 7140 bool HasVAListArg, 7141 unsigned format_idx, 7142 unsigned firstDataArg, 7143 FormatStringType Type, 7144 VariadicCallType CallType, 7145 bool inFunctionCall = true); 7146 7147 void CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr, 7148 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, bool HasVAListArg, 7149 unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg, 7150 FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall, 7151 VariadicCallType CallType); 7152 7153 bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, Expr **Args, 7154 unsigned NumArgs, bool IsCXXMember, 7155 VariadicCallType CallType, 7156 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range); 7157 bool CheckFormatArguments(Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 7158 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx, 7159 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type, 7160 VariadicCallType CallType, 7161 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range); 7162 7163 void CheckNonNullArguments(const NonNullAttr *NonNull, 7164 const Expr * const *ExprArgs, 7165 SourceLocation CallSiteLoc); 7166 7167 void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7168 unsigned BId, 7169 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7170 7171 void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7172 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7173 7174 void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7175 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7176 7177 void CheckReturnStackAddr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType, 7178 SourceLocation ReturnLoc); 7179 void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS); 7180 void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation()); 7181 7182 void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field, 7183 Expr *Init); 7184 7185public: 7186 /// \brief Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag. 7187 void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind, 7188 uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type, 7189 bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull); 7190 7191 struct TypeTagData { 7192 TypeTagData() {} 7193 7194 TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) : 7195 Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible), 7196 MustBeNull(MustBeNull) 7197 {} 7198 7199 QualType Type; 7200 7201 /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for 7202 /// layout-compatibility. 7203 unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1; 7204 unsigned MustBeNull : 1; 7205 }; 7206 7207 /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value. This uniquely 7208 /// identifies the magic value. 7209 typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue; 7210 7211private: 7212 /// \brief A map from magic value to type information. 7213 OwningPtr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData> > 7214 TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues; 7215 7216 /// \brief Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag 7217 /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes. 7218 void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr, 7219 const Expr * const *ExprArgs); 7220 7221 /// \brief The parser's current scope. 7222 /// 7223 /// The parser maintains this state here. 7224 Scope *CurScope; 7225 7226protected: 7227 friend class Parser; 7228 friend class InitializationSequence; 7229 friend class ASTReader; 7230 friend class ASTWriter; 7231 7232public: 7233 /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope. 7234 /// 7235 /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis 7236 /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case 7237 /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation. 7238 /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser 7239 /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from 7240 /// template substitution or instantiation. 7241 Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; } 7242 7243 Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const; 7244 7245 DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const { 7246 return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext; 7247 } 7248 7249 AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const; 7250}; 7251 7252/// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context. 7253class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext { 7254 Sema &Actions; 7255 7256public: 7257 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 7258 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 7259 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 7260 bool IsDecltype = false) 7261 : Actions(Actions) { 7262 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl, 7263 IsDecltype); 7264 } 7265 7266 ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() { 7267 Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 7268 } 7269}; 7270 7271} // end namespace clang 7272 7273#endif 7274